Professional Documents
Culture Documents
ISBN: 978-1-58001-612-4
Cover design:
Cover Art Direction:
Publications Manager:
Project Editor:
Illustrator/designer
Manager of Development:
Mary Bridges
Dianna Hallmark
Mary Lou Luif
Roger Mensink
Mike Tamai
Doug Thornburg
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. This publication is a copyrighted work owned by the International Code Council, Inc.
Without advance written permission from the copyright owner, no part of this book may be reproduced, distributed or transmitted in any form or by any means, including, without limitation, electronic, optical or mechanical
means (by way of example, and not limitation, photocopying or recording by or in an information storage retrieval system). For information on permission to copy material exceeding fair use, please contact: Publications,
4051 West Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills, IL 60478. Phone 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233).
The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate; however, it is being provided for informational purposes only and is intended for use only as a guide. Publication of this document by the ICC should not
be construed as the ICC engaging in or rendering engineering, legal or other professional services. Use of the
information contained in this workbook should not be considered by the user to be a substitute for the advice of
a registered professional engineer, attorney or other professional. If such advice is required, it should be sought
through the services of a registered professional engineer, licensed attorney or other professional.
Trademarks: International Code Council and the International Code Council logo and the International
Building Code are trademarks of International Code Council, Inc.
First Printing: April 2009
PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.
iii
Foreword
The Structural Checklist made its debut in 1996. The checklist was initially designed to assist users of the 1994
UBC, a code that had undergone a major change. To help facilitate a smooth and successful transition for code
users, it was recognized that a variety of code resources were needed. Ms. Susan Dowty, S.E., Senior Staff Engineer at ICBO, one of ICCs legacy organizations, was quick to identify specific needs of code users, and thus, the
first Structural CheckList was born.
With the publication of the 2000 International Building Code, and its vast array of changes to the structural
provisions, ICBO called upon the special talents of Ms. Dowty again to act as the project head in updating the
Structural CheckList to the 2000 IBC. This effort resulted in the popular publication2000 IBC CheckList:
Structural Provisions.
Because of the extensive reliance on referenced structural standards in the 2006 IBC compared to the 2003 and
2000 IBC, updating the IBC CheckList: Structural Provisions from the 2000 IBC to the 2006 IBC would be a
formidable and tedious task. The ICC project manager assigned to update the CheckList, John R. Henry, turned
to a colleague, Y. Henry Huang, P.E., who agreed to take on the project.
In addition to being the Building Official for the City of Tustin, California, Mr. Huang has years of experience in
the development of structural code provisions through ASCE, SEAOC, ICBO and ICC structural committees. Mr.
Huangs experience, which includes structural design, code development, design review and plan check while at
the County of Los Angeles and the Cities of Simi Valley and Tustin, made him uniquely qualified to handle the
project. Having served as a design engineer in private practice, plan check engineer and building official, he has
firsthand experience with the challenges faced by both the plan checker and structural designer alike. Mr.
Huangs work was also helped by engineers who are knowledgeable and experienced with the IBC and its referenced standards to make this latest edition all inclusive, accurate and usable.
Hamid Naderi
Vice President
Business and Product Development
International Code Council
iv
Preface
The purpose of the 2006 IBC CheckList: Structural Provisions is to provide a comprehensive resource tool for
those involved in structural plan review and design under the provisions of the International Building Code
(IBC). This publication is designed to save plan reviewers countless hours in generating project-specific checklists. It provides a comprehensive list of structural comments for code requirements found in Chapters 16
through 23 of the IBC. Because the 2006 IBC relies on referenced structural standards even more than the
previous editions, the requirements outlined in this checklist are in many cases based on the referenced
standard rather than the IBC itself.
The 2006 IBC CheckList: Structural Provisions is also available in rtf and pdf formats on an optional CD-ROM,
which gives reviewers the added opportunity to adapt the checklist to a specific project or process. Structural
design professionals will also find the checklist invaluable as a resource to assist with code compliance during
the design process. It affords designers the opportunity to make necessary revisions and effectively reduce the
time it takes to complete the structural plan check process.
As the trend of adopting national design standards in the building code continues, the checklist is especially
valuable because it also includes specific comments pertaining to the following referenced structural standards:
This product has been designed so that the plan reviewer can quickly go through the document and easily identify those comments that are required to generate a complete structural checklist for a specific project. A section
number from the code or standard is referenced within each comment so that the user may easily refer to the
provision for further clarification. Also, each comment has been further classified with a subject title to allow
the user to quickly identify which comments are pertinent to the project being reviewed.
When completing a typical structural plan review, it can be very frustrating to search through the code to find
the applicable referenced standards and pinpoint the applicable sections. Oftentimes plan reviewers need to
refamiliarize themselves with a design method or standard before even beginning a plan review. These
painstaking tasks have already been completed for the plan checker and consolidated into this product. In addition, there are many helpful illustrations, definitions, tables and charts that organize the code requirements in a
logical manner for direct application to structural drawings and details. Blank spaces have been provided for the
plan reviewer to insert needed information for a specific project where appropriate.
The comments included in this publication are based exclusively on the 2006 IBC Structural Provisions found in
Chapters 1623 and the major associated structural standards referenced in Chapter 35. Code requirements to
be checked at the time of field inspection are not included.
Note that although the 2006 IBC CheckList: Structural Provisions is comprehensive, it does not include all
possible structural requirements in the building code and the referenced standards. There is no substitute for
careful study and comprehension of each code provision. The checklist items and illustrations published herein
reflect the understanding of the author and ICC staff and are not binding on the building official. As indicated in
Section 104.1 of the IBC, the building official has the ultimate responsibility for rendering interpretations of the
code.
Users of this checklist are encouraged to send comments, questions or suggestions for future updates by email
to: checklist@iccsafe.org.
vi
vii
Acknowledgments
Developing a product of this magnitude required the special talents of many individuals. Special thanks go to Y.
Henry Huang, P.E., for taking on the project of updating the 2000 IBC CheckList: Structural Provisions to the
2006 IBC CheckList: Structural Provisions, and to Susan Dowty, S.E., author of the first Structural CheckList in
1996. Their extensive knowledge, expertise and experience made the product and the update possible. Because
of the extensive reliance on referenced standards in the 2006 IBC, the task of updating the Structural Checklist
from the 2000 to the 2006 IBC proved to be a formidable task.
Mr. Huang would like to like to express his appreciation to the following individuals who graciously gave of their
time to review and share their expertise:
Bob Chittenden, S.E. Principal, Chittenden Engineering, Auburn, California (Masonry)
Tom Hale, S.E. California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (Masonry)
John Henry, P.E. Principal Staff Engineer - ICC (All chapters)
James Lai, S.E. Structural Engineer, La Canada Flintridge, California (Concrete)
Philip Line, P.E. American Forest and Paper Association (Wood)
Peter Maranian, S.E. Principal, Brandow and Johnston Associates, Los Angeles, California (Steel)
Mr. Huang would also like to express his appreciation to the following individuals who offered their advice and
support:
Paul Armstrong, P.E. Interwest Consulting Group, Long Beach, California
Tom Van Dorpe, S.E. VanDorpe Chou Associates, Inc., Orange, California
Ritchie Kato, S.E. CSG Consultants, Costa Mesa, California
Chris Tokas, S.E. California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development
ICC would like to extend appreciation to the National Council of Structural Engineers Associations for their
sponsorship and continuing support.
The associations listed below have generously allowed ICC to extract and use portions of their texts:
American Concrete Institute (ACI)
ACI 318-05/318R-05 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary (ACI 318-05)
The Masonry Standards Joint Committees 2005 Building Code for Masonry Structures (ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS
402), Specification for Masonry Structures (ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602) and Commentaries (MSJC)
American Forest & Paper Association (AF&PA)
National Design Specification for Wood Construction, 2005 Edition (NDS-05)
American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. (AISC)
Specification for Structural Steel Buildings (ANSI/AISC-360-05)
Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings (ANSI/AISC 341-05)
American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE)
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-05)
Portland Cement Association (PCA)
Notes on ACI 318-05
A team of talented and highly qualified people who put in many hours of effort produced this publication.
Thanks to Roger Mensink for project management and editing; Mike Tamai for designing and illustration; Mary
Bridges for designing the cover; Cindy Rodriguez for production coordination, and researching and obtaining all
copyright permissions; and John R. Henry for overseeing and managing the updated project.
viii
ix
Table of Contents
Foreword.................................................................................................................. iii
Preface ...................................................................................................................... v
Acknowledgments ................................................................................................... vii
Chapter 1 Administration ......................................................................................... 1
A. Applicability (Section 102)...................................................................................... 1
B. Duties of the building official (Section 104). ........................................................... 2
C. Registered design professional ............................................................................... 3
Chapter 2 Submittal Documents ............................................................................... 5
A. Construction documents........................................................................................ 5
B. Calculations .......................................................................................................... 8
C. Soils report............................................................................................................ 8
D. Explanations for computer programs, input and output ...................................... 10
Chapter 3 Structural Tests and Special Inspections ................................................ 11
A. Special inspection of materials and construction................................................. 11
B. Statement of special inspection........................................................................... 17
C. Special inspections for seismic resistance ........................................................... 18
D. Structural observation for seismic resistance ...................................................... 19
E. Structural observation for wind requirements ..................................................... 19
F. Structural testing for seismic resistance ............................................................. 20
G. Contractors statement of responsibility .............................................................. 21
Chapter 4 General Design Requirements ................................................................. 23
A. General design requirements strength (Section 1604.1) ..................................... 23
B. General design requirements serviceability (Section 1604.3) .............................. 23
C. Analysis (Section 1604.4)..................................................................................... 26
D. Occupancy Category (Section 1604.5) .................................................................. 27
E. Concrete and masonry wall anchorage ................................................................. 28
F. Deck to exterior wall anchorage ........................................................................... 29
G. Wind and seismic detailing .................................................................................. 29
x
H. Flood loads.......................................................................................................... 29
I. ASD No allowable stress increase ....................................................................... 29
J. Alternative basic load combinations ..................................................................... 29
K. Dead loads .......................................................................................................... 30
L. Live loads............................................................................................................. 30
Chapter 5 Snow Loads ............................................................................................. 35
A. Minimum snow loads........................................................................................... 35
B. Ground snow load ............................................................................................... 35
C. Slope of roof ........................................................................................................ 36
D. Flat roof snow loads ............................................................................................ 36
E. Sloped roof snow load (slope > 5 degrees) ............................................................. 36
F. Partial loading...................................................................................................... 37
G. Unbalanced snow loads ....................................................................................... 37
H. Drifts on lower roofs ............................................................................................ 39
I. Roof projections .................................................................................................... 40
J. Sliding snow ........................................................................................................ 40
Chapter 6 Wind Loads ............................................................................................. 43
A. General................................................................................................................ 43
B. Minimum wind loads ........................................................................................... 44
C. Anchorage against overturning, uplift and sliding ................................................ 44
D. Maximum resisting dead load .............................................................................. 44
E. Protection of openings in wind-borne debris regions............................................. 44
F. Enclosure classification ....................................................................................... 45
G. Design procedure ................................................................................................ 45
H. Simplified procedure method 1 (Section 6.4)...................................................... 46
I. Analytical procedure method 2 (Section 6.5) ....................................................... 47
J. Wind tunnel procedure method 3 (Section 6.6) .................................................. 56
K. Roof systems ....................................................................................................... 56
L. Seismic detailing required .................................................................................... 57
Chapter 7 Soil Lateral Loads ................................................................................... 59
A. General................................................................................................................ 59
B. At-rest pressure................................................................................................... 60
xi
C. Active pressure .................................................................................................... 60
D. Surcharge loads .................................................................................................. 60
E. Expensive soil...................................................................................................... 60
F. Sliding and overturning ....................................................................................... 60
Chapter 8 Rain Loads .............................................................................................. 61
A. Design rain loads................................................................................................. 61
B. Ponding on roofs with slopes less than 1/4:12 ...................................................... 61
C. Controlled drainage ............................................................................................. 61
D. Drainage across property lines ............................................................................ 62
Chapter 9 Flood Loads ............................................................................................ 63
A. Applicability......................................................................................................... 63
B. Establishment of flood hazard areas .................................................................... 63
C. Design and construction...................................................................................... 63
D. Flood hazard documentation ............................................................................... 63
Chapter 10 Earthquake Loads ................................................................................. 65
A. Earthquake design data ....................................................................................... 65
B. Site ground motion .............................................................................................. 65
C. Criteria selection ................................................................................................. 67
D. Seismic force-resisting systems ........................................................................... 70
E. Irregular and regular classification (SDC B F).................................................... 74
F. Diaphragm flexibility............................................................................................ 74
G. Type of analysis procedure .................................................................................. 76
H. Modeling criteria ................................................................................................. 76
I. Simplified design procedure (SDC B E) ............................................................... 78
J. Equivalent lateral-force procedure (ELF) (SDC B F) ............................................ 79
K. Seismic load effect (SDC B F)............................................................................. 82
L. Redundancy factor (SDC D F) ............................................................................ 83
M. Dynamic analysis procedure (SDC B F)............................................................. 84
Chapter 11 Simplified Earthquake Design Procedure (SDC B E) ............................ 87
A. Simplified design procedure ................................................................................. 87
B. Seismic design category ....................................................................................... 88
C. Design basis ........................................................................................................ 88
xii
D. Seismic load effects and combinations ................................................................. 89
E. Seismic force-resisting system ............................................................................. 89
F. Diaphragm........................................................................................................... 90
G. Application of loading .......................................................................................... 90
H. Seismic base shear (Section 12.14.8.1 of ASCE 7)................................................ 90
I. Vertical distribution of forces ................................................................................ 91
J. Horizontal distribution of forces ........................................................................... 91
K. Drift limits and building separation ..................................................................... 91
L. Torsion ................................................................................................................ 91
M. Overturning ........................................................................................................ 91
N. Design and detailing requirement ........................................................................ 91
O. Anchorage of nonstructural systems.................................................................... 94
Chapter 12 Earthquake Design (SDC B F).............................................................. 95
A. Requirements for Seismic Design Category B and higher (SDC B F) ................... 95
B. Requirements for Seismic Design Category C and higher (SDC C F) ................. 100
C. Requirements for Seismic Design Category D and higher (SDC D F)................. 103
D. Requirements for Seismic Design Category E and F ........................................... 107
Chapter 13 Nonstructural Components and Architectural Mechanical and Electrical
Component Design Requirements (SDC B F) ..................................... 109
A. General.............................................................................................................. 109
B. Seismic demands on components ...................................................................... 112
C. Component anchorage ....................................................................................... 113
D. Architectural components.................................................................................. 114
E. Mechanical and electrical components ............................................................... 117
Chapter 14 Nonbuilding Structures and Design Requirement ................................ 125
A. Scope................................................................................................................. 125
B. Analysis procedure selection.............................................................................. 126
C. Reference documents......................................................................................... 126
D. Nonbuilding structures supported by other structures....................................... 127
E. Seismic design basis .......................................................................................... 128
F. Rigid nonbuilding structures.............................................................................. 129
G. Loads ................................................................................................................ 129
H. Fundamental period .......................................................................................... 130
xiii
I. Drift limitations .................................................................................................. 130
J. Deflection limits and structure separation.......................................................... 130
K. Site-specific response spectra ............................................................................ 130
L. Nonbuilding structures similar to buildings........................................................ 130
M. Nonbuilding structures not similar to buildings................................................. 131
N. Tanks and vessels ............................................................................................. 131
O. Architectural, mechanical and electrical components......................................... 131
P. Inverted pendulum-type structures in nonbuilding structures not
similar to buildings............................................................................................ 131
Chapter 15 Seismically Isolated Structures and Structures with Damping Systems
Design Requirements .......................................................................... 133
A. Seismically isolated structure ............................................................................ 133
B. Structures with damping system ....................................................................... 133
Chapter 16 Foundation DesignRequirements ..................................................... 135
A. Foundation and soils investigation..................................................................... 135
B. Excavation, grading and fill ............................................................................... 137
C. Allowable load-bearing values of soils ................................................................ 137
D. Footing and foundation requirements ................................................................ 138
E. Retaining walls .................................................................................................. 146
F. Dampproofing and waterproofing ....................................................................... 146
G. Pier and pile foundations................................................................................... 146
H. Driven pile foundations ..................................................................................... 148
I. Cast-in-place concrete pile foundations............................................................... 151
J. Composite pile foundations ................................................................................ 154
K. Pier foundations ................................................................................................ 155
Chapter 17 Concrete ............................................................................................. 157
A. Construction documents.................................................................................... 157
B. Material requirements ....................................................................................... 158
C. Reinforcement requirements .............................................................................. 158
D. Design requirements ......................................................................................... 171
E. Seismic design requirements ............................................................................. 183
Chapter 18 Masonry .............................................................................................. 205
A. Material requirements........................................................................................ 205
xiv
B. Construction requirements ................................................................................ 207
C. Seismic design requirements ............................................................................. 208
D. Allowable Stress Designgeneral ...................................................................... 214
E. Allowable Stress Designunreinforced masonry ................................................ 219
F. Allowable Stress Designreinforced masonry..................................................... 219
G. Strength design of masonry ............................................................................... 220
H. Strength designunreinforced masonry ............................................................ 223
I. Strength designreinforced masonry.................................................................. 224
J. Prestressed masonry .......................................................................................... 230
K. Empirical design of masonry.............................................................................. 233
L. Glass unit masonry............................................................................................ 223
M. Masonry fireplaces ............................................................................................ 234
N. Masonry heaters................................................................................................ 234
O. Masonry chimneys ............................................................................................ 234
Chapter 19 Steel ................................................................................................... 235
A. Referenced steel standards ................................................................................ 235
B. General design requirements (ASD & LRFD)....................................................... 236
C. Seismic designapplicable methods .................................................................. 260
D. Seismic design requirements ............................................................................. 261
Chapter 20 Wood................................................................................................... 279
A. General.............................................................................................................. 279
B. General construction requirements.................................................................... 281
C. Design requirements for lateral-force-resisting systems (ASD & LRFD)
(2305) prescriptive requirements ...................................................................... 283
D. Allowable Stress Design (ASD) ........................................................................... 287
E. Load and Resistance Design (LRFD) ................................................................... 287
F. General design requirements (ASD and/or LRFD)............................................... 287
G. Conventional light-frame construction ............................................................... 299
1. Administration
Chapter 1 of the International Building Code (IBC) is important because it contains the
administrative provisions of the code. In addition to the scope and applicability of the code,
Chapter 1 covers the purpose of the code, and duties and responsibilities of the building official
and registered design professional. Chapter 1 includes requirements for construction documents, permits and inspections, and provisions related to alternative materials and methods of
construction. Because the 2006 IBC relies on referenced structural standards, Section 102.4
pertaining to reference standards is of particular importance. The purpose of the present chapter is to provide an overview of the administrative provisions of the IBC prior to presenting the
structural checklist beginning with Chapter 2, Submittal Documents.
A. Applicability Section 102.
1.
Conflicts. Where, in any specific case, different sections of this code specify different
materials, methods of construction or other requirements, the most restrictive shall
govern. Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall be applicable. (Section 102.1)
2.
Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not be deemed to nullify any provisions of
local, state or federal law. (Section 102.2)
3.
4.
Referenced codes and standards. The codes and standards referenced in this code
shall be considered part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of
each such reference. Where differences occur between provisions of this code and referenced codes and standards, the provisions of this code shall apply. (Section 102.4)
5.
Partial invalidity. In the event that any part or provision of this code is held to be illegal or void, this shall not have the effect of making void or illegal any of the other parts
or provisions. (Section 102.5)
Chapter 1: Administration
Enforce, interpret and adopt policies and procedures to clarify code. The building
official is authorized and directed to enforce the code. The building official has the
authority to interpret the code and to adopt policies and procedures to clarify the code.
(Section 104.1)
2.
Limits. Such interpretations, policies and procedures shall be in compliance with the
intent and purpose of this code. Such policies and procedures shall not have the effect
of waiving requirements specifically provided for in this code. (Section 104.1)
3.
Inspections. The building official shall make all of the required inspections, or the
building official shall have the authority to accept reports of inspection by approved
agencies or individuals. Reports of such inspections shall be in writing and be certified
by a responsible officer of such approved agency or by the responsible individual.
(Section 104.4)
4.
Unusual technical issues. The building official is authorized to engage such expert
opinion as deemed necessary to report upon unusual technical issues that arise,
subject to the approval of the appointing authority. (Section 104.4)
5.
Used materials and equipment. The use of used materials that meet the requirements
of this code for new materials is permitted. Used equipment and devices shall not be reused unless approved by the building official. (Section 104.9.1)
6.
Modifications. Wherever there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the
provisions of this code, the building official shall have the authority to grant
modifications for individual cases, upon application of the owner or owners representative, provided the building official shall first find that special individual reason makes
the strict letter of this code impractical and the modification is in compliance with the
intent and purpose of this code and that such modification does not lessen health,
accessibility, life and fire safety, or structural requirements. The details of action granting modifications shall be recorded and entered in the files of the department of
building safety. (Section 104.10)
7.
8.
9.
Tests. When the building official considers there is insufficient evidence of compliance
with the provisions of this code, or evidence that a material or method does not conform
to the requirements of this code, or in order to substantiate claims for alternative
materials or methods, the building official shall have the authority to require tests as
Chapter 1: Administration
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Chapter 1: Administration
2. Submittal Documents
A. Construction documents. Construction documents are required to be submitted in accordance with Sections 106 and 1603.
1.
Design professional in responsible charge. Construction documents (plans, specifications, calculations) should be prepared by a registered design professional licensed by
the state to practice as such. (Sections 106.1 and 106.3.4)
a.
b.
Statement of special inspections. Where special inspections are required, a statement of special inspections prepared by the registered design professional in
responsible charge must be submitted by the permit applicant as a condition for
permit issuance. (Sections 106.1 and 1704.1.1) (See also exceptions in Sections
1704.1 and 1704.1.1.)
(1) Quality Assurance Plan for Structural Steel. (SDC D F) A quality assurance
plan, including Appendix Q of AISC 341, should be submitted as part of the
construction documents. (Section 18.1 and Appendix Q of AISC 341)
c.
2.
3.
Site plan. The construction documents submitted with the application for permit
should be accompanied by a site plan drawn in accordance with an accurate boundary
line survey showing to scale the following: (Section 106.2)
a.
The size and location of new construction and existing structures on the site.
b.
c.
d.
(As applicable) flood hazard areas, floodways and design flood elevations.
e.
For demolition, show construction to be demolished and the location and size of
existing structures and construction that are to remain on the site or plot. (Section
106.2)
b.
c.
4.
5.
6.
Deferred submittals. Those portions of the design that are not submitted at the time of
application should be listed as deferred submittal on the construction documents.
Deferral of any submittal items should have the prior approval of the building official.
Documents for deferred submittal items should be submitted to the registered design
professional in responsible charge who should review them and forward them to the
building official with a notation indicating that the deferred submittal documents have
been reviewed and been found to be in general conformance to the design of the
building. (Section 106.3.4.2)
7.
Structural members. Construction documents should show the size, section and relative locations of structural members with floor levels, column centers and offsets
dimensioned. (Section 1603.1)
8.
Design loads. Construction documents should show the design loads and other
information pertinent to the structural design required by Sections 1603.1.1 through
1603.1.8, except for Section 2308 Conventional light-frame construction. (Section
1603.1)
a.
Floor and roof live loads. The uniformly distributed, concentrated and impact
floor live load used in the design should be indicated for floor areas. Use of live load
reduction in accordance with Section 1607.9 should be indicated for each type of
live load used in the design. (Section 1603.1.1)
b.
Roof live load. The roof live load used in the design should be indicated for roof
areas in accordance with Section 1607.11. (Section 1603.1.2.)
c.
Roof snow load. The ground snow load, Pg, should be indicated. In areas where the
ground snow load, Pg, exceeds 10 psf (0.479 kN/m2), the following additional
information should also be provided, regardless of whether snow loads govern the
design of the roof: (Section 1603.1.3)
(1) Flat-roof snow load, Pf.
(2) Snow exposure factor, Ce.
(3) Snow load importance factor, I.
(4) Thermal factor, Ct.
d.
Wind load. The following information should be shown regardless of whether wind
loads govern the design of the lateral-force-resisting system of the building. (Section
1603.1.4)
(1) Basic wind speed (3-second gust), miles per hour (km/hr).
(2) Wind importance factor, I, and occupancy category. (Note: Table 1604.5 should
be used to determine Occupancy Category. Do not use Table 1-1 of ASCE 7.)
(3) Wind exposure. If more than one wind exposure is utilized, the wind exposure
and applicable wind direction should be indicated.
(4) The applicable internal pressure coefficient.
(5) Components and cladding. The design wind pressures in terms of psf (kN/m2)
to be used for the design of exterior component and cladding materials not
specifically designed by the registered design professional.
e.
Earthquake design data. The following information related to seismic loads should
be shown, regardless of whether seismic loads govern the design of the lateralforce-resisting system of the building: (Sections 1603.1.5 and 1802.6)
(1) Longitude and altitude of the building (for determining site class).
(2) Seismic importance factor, I, and Occupancy Category. (Note: Table 1604.5
should be used to determine Occupancy Category. Do not use Table 1-1 of
ASCE 7.)
(3) Mapped spectral response accelerations, SS and S1.
(4) Site class.
(5) Soil Classification and design load-bearing capacity. (Section 1802.6)
(6) Spectral response coefficients, SDS and SD1.
(7) Seismic design category.
(8) Basic seismic-force-resisting system(s).
(9) Design base shear.
(10) Seismic response coefficient(s), CS.
(11) Response modification factor(s), R.
(12) Analysis procedure (Equivalent lateral-force procedure, Simplified analysis
procedure, Modal response spectra analysis, Linear time-history analysis,
Nonlinear time-history analysis) used.
f.
Flood design data. For buildings in whole or in part located in flood hazard areas
established in Section 1612.3, provide documentation as required in Section
1612.3. The documentation should include the following information, referenced to
the datum on the communitys Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), regardless of
whether flood loads govern the design of the building: (Section 1603.1.6)
(1) In flood hazard areas not subject to high-velocity wave action, the elevation of
the proposed lowest floor, including the basement.
(2) In flood hazard areas not subject to high-velocity wave action, the elevation to
which any nonresidential building will be dry floodproofed.
(3) In flood hazard areas subject to high-velocity wave action, the proposed elevation of the bottom of the lowest horizontal structural member of the lowest floor,
including the basement.
g.
Special loads. Where applicable, special loads should be indicated with appropriate
section of the code. (Section 1603.1.7)
B. Calculations.
1. Clear, legible and organized calculations. Calculations should be presented in a clear,
legible and organized manner conducive to structural plan review. A table of contents
should be provided, and pages should be numbered for referencing purposes. (Section
106.1)
2.
Key plan. A key plan should be provided for the structural members designed on pages
_____________________________ of the calculations so that the calculations and plans may
be correlated.
C. Soils report.
1.
Foundation and soils investigation required. A foundation and soils investigation report should be submitted in accordance with Section 1802.2 because of one or more of
the following:
a.
b.
Expansive soil: The project area may have expansive soil. Soil tests are required.
(Section 1802.2.2)
c.
Groundwater table: The project area may have high groundwater table. A
subsurface soil investigation should be performed to determine whether the existing
groundwater table is above or within 5 feet (1524 mm) below the elevation of the
lowest floor level where such floor is located below the finished ground level
adjacent to the foundation. Alternatively, provide waterproofing in accordance with
Section 1807. (Section 1808.2.2.3)
d.
Pile and pier foundations: Provide foundation and soils investigation report for the
design and construction of pile and pier foundations. (Section 1808.2.2.4)
e.
Unusual rock strata: Subsurface explorations at the project site indicate variations
or doubtful characteristics in the structure of the rock. Additional number of borings should be made to a depth of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) below the level
of the foundations to provide assurance of the soundness of the foundation bed and
its load-bearing capacity. (Section 1808.2.2.5)
f.
(2) Liquefaction.
(3) Surface rupture that is due to faulting or lateral spreading.
g.
2.
Soil information and soils report recommendations. The soil classification and design load-bearing capacity should be shown on the construction documents. Design of
building and foundation system should conform to the recommendations of the soils
report. (Section 1802.6)
3.
Content of soils report. The soils investigation report should include the information
itemized in Section 1802.6, and when applicable, Sections 1802.2.1 through 1802.2.7
as follows: (Section 1802.6)
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Recommendations for foundation type and design criteria, including but not limited
to: bearing capacity of natural or compacted soil; provisions to mitigate the effects
of expansive soils; mitigation of the effects of liquefaction, differential settlement
and varying soil strength; and the effects of adjacent loads.
f.
g.
h.
i.
Compacted fill material properties and testing in accordance with Section 1803.5.
10
j.
4.
Person responsible for soils report. The classification and investigation of the soils
should be made by a registered design professional. (Section 1802.1)
b.
c.
d.
Compliance of the computations with the code. Explanatory comments by the designer besides the input and output data and a written summary that provides the
controlling loads from the computer output in a graphical manner are recommended to facilitate the structural plan review. (Section 106.1)
2.
3.
Correlation between members and plans. The member identification used in the program input and results should be readily correlated with the members shown on the
plans. (Section 106.1.1)
11
Steel construction. Special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures
shall be provided in accordance with Section 1704.3 and Table 1704.3. (See Items
_____________________________.)
2.
3.
4.
5.
Masonry construction.
a.
Level 1 special inspection should be provided for masonry construction in accordance with Sections 1704.5.1, 1704.5.2 and Table 1704.5.1.
b.
Level 2 special inspection should be provided for masonry construction in accordance with Section 1704.5.3 and Table 1704.5.3.
c.
Certain structures designed using Empirical Designed Method (see Item 18.K of this
Checklist) do not require special inspection in accordance with Section 1704.5 and
Table 3.1. (Section 1704.5)
12
13
14
15
Table 3.1
Masonry Levels of Special Inspection Requirement
Type of facility
Occupancy Category I, II, III
(Section 1704.5.2)
Occupancy Category IV
(Section 1704.5.3)
Design Method
Empirical
Engineered
Empirical
Engineered
16
6.
Wood construction.
a.
b.
High-load diaphragms. Special inspection should be provided for high-load diaphragms designed in accordance with Table 2306.3.2 in accordance with Section
1704.6.1. The special inspector should inspect the wood structural panel sheathing
to determine that the grade and thickness are as shown on the approved building
plans. Additionally, the special inspector should verify the nominal size of framing
members at adjoining panel edges, the nail or staple diameter and length, the
number of fastener lines and that the spacing between fasteners in each line and at
edge margins conform to the approved plans. (Section 1704.6.1)
17
7.
Soils. Special inspection should be provided for placement of fill more than 12 inches
(305 mm) in depth to determine compliance with approved soils report and plans in
accordance with Sections 1704.7 and 1803.5 and Table 1704.7.
8.
Pile foundations. Special inspection should be provided for pile foundations to determine compliance with approved soils report and plans in accordance with Section
1704.8 and Table 1704.8.
9.
Pier foundation. Special inspection should be provided for pier foundations to determine compliance with approved soils report and plans in accordance with Section
1704.9 and Table 1704.9.
for
the
following
items:
14. Smoke Control. (Nonstructural) Smoke control systems should be tested by a qualified
special inspector in accordance with the International Fire Code (IFC). (Section 1704.14)
B. Statement of special inspections.
1.
2.
The materials, systems, components and work required to have special inspection
or testing.
b.
c.
d.
Additional requirements for special inspection or testing for seismic or wind resistance as specified in Section 1705.3, 1705.4, 1707 or 1708.
e.
For each type of special inspection, identify whether it is continuous special inspection or periodic special inspection.
18
3.
4.
The seismic-force-resisting systems and designated seismic systems that are subject to special inspections in accordance with Section 1705.3.
b.
Detailed requirements. The statement of special inspections for wind should include the following: (Section 1705.4.2)
(1) Roof cladding and roof framing connections.
(2) Wall connections to roof and floor diaphragms and framing.
(3) Roof and floor diaphragm systems, including collectors, drag struts and boundary elements.
(4) Vertical windforce-resisting systems, including braced frames, moment frames
and shear walls.
(5) Windforce-resisting system connections to the foundation.
(6) Fabrication and installation of systems or components required to meet the impact-resistance requirements of Section 1609.1.2.
19
Seismic Design
Category
2.
The height of the structure is more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the base.
3.
The structure is in SDC E and Occupancy Category I or II and more than two stories in
height.
4.
Structural observation is specifically required by the building official for the following
systems or items: _____________________________.
2.
The height of the building is greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm).
20
3.
F.
The observation is specifically required by the building official for the following systems
or items: _____________________________.
Structural testing for seismic resistance should be provided for reinforcing and
prestressing steel (Section 1708.3), structural steel (Section 1708.4) and seismically
isolated structures (Section 1708.6) for the following systems in accordance with
Section 1708:
Seismic Design
Category
Seismic resistance
testing required
2.
Structural testing for masonry should be provided for the following in accordance with
Section 1708.1:
Structural testing for masonry requirements
Type of facility
Occupancy Category I, II, III
Occupancy Category IV
Design Method
Empirical
Engineered
Empirical
Engineered
21
2.
3.
Procedures for exercising control within the contractors organization, the method and
frequency of reporting and the distribution of the reports; and
4.
Identification and qualifications of the person(s) exercising such control and their position(s) in the organization.
22
23
Strength design. Design of buildings (other structures, or parts) should support the
applicable factored load combinations without exceeding the strength limit states for
the materials of construction. (Section 1604.1.1)
2.
Allowable stress design. Design of buildings (other structures, or parts) should support the applicable nominal load combinations without exceeding the allowable stresses
for the materials of construction. (Section 1604.1.1)
3.
Seismic design. For seismic design, seismic analysis and design procedures to be used
in the design of building structures and their components should be as prescribed in
Section 12.1.1 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.1.1 of ASCE 7)
4.
Design ground motions. The building structure should include complete lateral and
vertical force-resisting systems capable of providing adequate strength, stiffness and
energy dissipation capacity to withstand the design ground motions within the prescribed limits of deformation and strength demand. (Section 12.1.1 of ASCE 7)
5.
Deflection limits for roof members. The deflection of roof members should be shown
to comply with the following limitations. (Section 1604.3.1 and Table 1604.3)
L
S or W
D+L
CONSTRUCTION
l/360
l/360
l/240
l/240
l/240
l/180
l/180
l/180
l/120
For cantilever members, l shall be taken as twice the length of the cantilever.
24
Goal of Design/Analysis
Strength
Required (Q)
Strength
Available (P)
Available Strength
(Provided by strength
of materials)
Pn
Design Strength =
Step 2 Done - Strength Available (P) =
Allowable Strength
Design
Margin of Safety
Applied to Nominal
Strength Pn
Pn /
= Allowable Strength
Pn or Pn /
Strength
Available (P)
(From Step 2)
For roofs with a slope less than 1/4 inch per foot [1.19 degrees (0.0208 rad)], the design
calculations should include verification of adequate stiffness to preclude progressive
deflection in accordance with Section 8.4 of ASCE 7. (Section 1611.2)
25
2. Deflection limits for floor members. The deflection of floor members should be shown
to comply with the following limitations. (Section 1604.3.1 and Table 1604.3)
Construction
S or W
D+L
3.
Deflection limits for exterior walls and interior partitions. The deflection of exterior
walls and interior partitions should be shown to comply with the following limitations:
(Section 1604.3.1 and Table 1604.3)
Construction
S or W
D+L
4.
5.
Interior partitions 6 feet or higher. The deflection for interior partitions 6 feet (1829
mm) or higher should be based on the horizontal load not less than 5 psf (0.240 kN/m2
as defined in Section 1607.13. (Table 1604.3, Footnote b)
6.
Glass support. Framing members for each individual pane of glass should be designed
so the deflection of the edge of the glass perpendicular to the glass pane should not exceed the lesser of 1/175 of the glass edge length or 3/4 inch (19.1 mm), when subjected to
the loads as specified in Section 1605. (Table 1604.3, Footnote c) (Section 2403.3)
7.
8.
9.
Aluminum sandwich panels used in roofs or walls of sunroom additions or patio covers, the total load deflection should not exceed l/120. (Table 1604.3, Footnote h)
10. Concrete construction. Deflections of concrete members should not exceed that
permitted by Table 9.5(b) in ACI 318-05 as shown below. (Section 1604.3.2)
26
Deflection to be considered
Deflection installation
11. Seismic deformation and drift limits. The deformation of the structure should not exceed the prescribed limits where the structure is subjected to the design seismic forces.
(Section 12.1.2 of ASCE 7) See Section 12.12.1 of ASCE 7 for drift limits applicable to
earthquake loading. (Section 1604.3)
C. Analysis. (Section 1604.4)
1.
Show in calculations load effects on (structural members at), and/or (connections at)
_____________ and/or (system at) _____________ and/or (components at) _____________
and/or (cladding at) _____________. (Section 1604.9)
2.
Design of (member at _____________) or (connection at _____________) should be determined by methods of structural analysis considering (equilibrium) and/or (general
stability) and/or (geometric compatibility) and/or (short- and long-term material
properties.) (Section 1604.4)
3.
4.
27
a. Provide details to show a complete load path capable of transferring loads from
their point of origin to the load-resisting elements. (Section 1604.4) (Section 12.1.3 of
ASCE 7)
b. All parts of the structure between separation joints should be interconnected to form
a continuous path to the seismic-force-resisting system, and the connections should be
capable of transmitting the seismic force (Fp) induced by the parts being connected.
(Section 12.1.3 of ASCE 7)
c. (Any smaller portion of the structure) should be tied to the remainder of the structure with elements having a design strength capable of transmitting a seismic force of
0.133 times the short period design spectral response acceleration parameter, SDS,
times the weight of the smaller portion or 5 percent of the portions weight, whichever is
greater. (This connection force does not apply to the overall design of the seismic-forceresisting system.) (Section 12.1.3 of ASCE 7)
5.
Force distribution. The total lateral force should be distributed to the various vertical
elements of the lateral-force-resisting system in proportion to their rigidities,
considering the rigidity of the horizontal bracing system or diaphragm. (Section 1604.4)
6.
Rigid elements not part of the lateral-force-resisting system. Provide design of (rigid
elements assumed not to be a part of the lateral-force-resisting system) to justify that
they are permitted to be incorporated into buildings. Their effect on the action of the
system should be considered. (Section 1604.4)
7.
Torsion due to eccentricity. For buildings with nonflexible diaphragms, the increased
forces induced on resisting elements of the structural system resulting from torsion that
is due to eccentricity between the center of application of the lateral forces and the center of rigidity of the lateral-force-resisting system should be considered in design.
(Section 1604.4)
8.
Overturning effects. The structure should be designed to resist the overturning effects
caused by the lateral forces specified in Chapter 16. See Section 1609 for wind loads,
Section 1610 for lateral soil loads and Section 1613 for earthquake loads. (Section
1604.4)
9.
10. Counteracting structural actions. Continuous load paths should be provided for
transmitting design forces to the foundation. Where sliding is used to isolate the
elements, the effects of friction between sliding elements should be included as a force.
(Section 1604.9)
D. Occupancy Category. (Section 1604.5)
1.
28
Note: Table 1-1 of ASCE 7 is not consistent with Table 1604.5 of the
IBC. The IBC should be used to determine Occupancy Category. Do not
use Table 1-1 of ASCE 7.
2.
Structure is occupied by two or more occupancies not included in the same Occupancy
Category. It should be assigned the classification of _____________, the highest
occupancy category corresponding to the various occupancies. (Section 1604.5)
3.
Structures have two or more portions that are structurally separated. Each portion
should be separately classified. (Section 1604.5)
4.
Where a separated portion of a structure provides (required access to) (or required
egress from) (or shares life-safety components with) another portion having a higher
occupancy category, both portions should be assigned to the higher occupancy category
of ______________. (Section 1604.5)
5.
Importance factors. Snow, wind and seismic load importance factors of _____________
should be used in accordance with ASCE 7. (Table 7-4, Table 6-1 and Table 11.2-1 of
ASCE 7)
Concrete and masonry wall anchorage. Anchorage between concrete and masonry
walls and floors, roofs and other structural elements should provide a positive direct
connection capable of resisting the horizontal forces specified in Chapter 16, minimum
of 280 pounds per linear foot (4.1 kN/m) substituted for E in load combinations in Section 1605.2 or 1605.3 of wall (see Figure 4-1.). (Section 1604.8.2)
Figure 4.1
Anchorage of concrete and masonry wall
29
2.
Walls should be designed to resist bending between anchors where the anchor spacing
exceeds 4 feet (1.22 m). (Section 1604.8.2)
3.
Required anchors in masonry walls of hollow units or cavity walls should be embedded
in a reinforced grouted structural element of the wall. (Section 1604.8.2)
(For additional requirements for anchorage of concrete and masonry walls, see ASCE 7 Section 11.7.5 for Seismic Design Categories A and B, and Section 12.11 for Seismic Design
Categories C through F.)
F.
Deck to wall anchorage. Decks should be positively anchored to the primary structure
and designed for both vertical and lateral loads in accordance with Section 1604.8.3.
2.
Toenails prohibited. Deck attachment to the primary structure should not use toenails
or nails subject to withdrawal. (Section 1604.8.3)
3.
Decks with cantilevered framing members. For decks with cantilevered framing
members, connections to exterior walls or other framing members should be designed
and constructed to resist uplift resulting from the full live load specified in Table 1607.1
acting on the cantilevered portion of the deck. (Section 1604.8.3)
4.
G. Wind and seismic detailing. Lateral-force-resisting systems should meet seismic detailing
requirements and limitations prescribed in this code and ASCE 7, excluding Chapter 14 and
Appendix 11A, even when code prescribed wind loads are greater than seismic load effects.
(Section 1604.10)
H. Flood loads.
1.
2.
Where Fa is to be considered in allowable stress design, the load combinations of Section 2.4.2 of ASCE 7 should be used, except the duration of load increase. (Section
1605.3.1.2)
I.
ASD No allowable stress increase. An allowable stress increase should not be used with
the basic load combination of Section 1605.3.1. (Section 1605.3.1.1)
J.
Alternative basic load combinations. Structures and portions thereof should be designed
for the most critical effects in accordance with Section 1605.3.2. (Section 1605.3.2)
30
1.
Only two-thirds of the minimum dead load should be used in load combinations for the
counteracting effects of dead and wind loads. (Section 1605.3.2)
2.
Where wind loads are calculated in accordance with Chapter 6 of ASCE 7, the coefficient should be taken as 1.3. (Section 1605.3.2)
3.
Note: The vertical seismic load effect, E v, in Equation 12.4-4 of ASCE 7 may be
taken as zero when using alternative basic load combinations for proportioning
foundations for loadings, which include seismic loads. (Section 1605.3.2)
K. Dead loads.
L.
1.
2.
Landscaped roofs. The weight of the landscaping materials should be considered dead
load and should be computed on the basis of saturation of the soil. (Section
1607.11.2.3)
3.
Live loads.
1.
Unspecified live loads. For occupancies or uses not designated in Table 1607.1, the
specified live loads should be approved by the building official. (Section 1607.2)
2.
Uniform loads. A uniform live load of _____________ should be used for _____________ in
accordance with Table 1607.1. (Section 1607.3)
3.
4.
5.
Partition loads. In buildings where partition locations are subject to change and where
the specified live load does not exceed 80 psf (3.83 kN/m2), a partition live load of not
31
less than 15 psf (0.74 kN/m2) should be included in accordance with Section 1607.5.
(Section 1607.5)
6.
Trucks and bus garages. The minimum live load for garages having trucks and buses
should be at least 50 psf (2.40 kN/m2) or that specified in Table 1607.6, whichever is
greater. (Section 1607.6)
7.
Loads on handrails, guards, grab bars and vehicle barriers. Handrails, guards, grab
bars and vehicle barriers should be designed and constructed in accordance with Section 1607.7. (Section 1607.7) Glass handrail assemblies and guards should also comply
with Section 2407. (Section 1607.7.1)
8.
Impact loads on elevator. Elevator loads should be increased by 100 percent for impact, and the structural supports should be within the limits of deflection prescribed by
ASME A17.1 (Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators). (Section 1607.8.1)
9.
Impact loads on machinery and moving loads that involve unusual vibration.
Machinery loads should be increased to allow for impact as prescribed in Section
1607.8.2. (Section 1607.8.2)
Note: Minimum uniformly distributed live loads, Lo, in Table 1607.1 are
permitted to be reduced in accordance with either Section 1607.9.1 or
1607.9.2. (Section 1607.9)
10. Reduction in floor live loads for members that have KLLAT
with Section 1607.9.1.
a. Live load should not be reduced for member (_____________), which has a KLLAT
value less than 400 square feet (37.16 m2). (Section 1607.9.1)
b. Maximum reduction in live load. The reduced design live load, L, should not be
less than: (Section 1607.9.1)
- 0.5 Lo for members supporting one floor.
- 0.4 Lo for members supporting two or more floors.
c. Limitations for heavy live loads. Live loads in excess of 100 psf (4.79 kN/m2)
should not be reduced (except as permitted in Section 1607.9.1.1.). (Section 1607.9.1.1)
d. Passenger car garages. Live loads for passenger car garages should not be reduced
(except as permitted in Section 1607.9.1.2.). (Section 1607.9.1.2)
e. Public assembly occupancies. Live load should not be reduced for public assembly
occupancies with 100 psf (4.79 kN/m2) live load. (Section 1607.9.1.3)
f. One-way slabs. Live loads for one-way slabs should not be reduced (except as
permitted in Section 1607.9.1.4.). (Section 1607.9.1.4)
11. (Alternate) reduction in floor live loads in accordance with Section 1607.9.2. (No
tributary area limits unless specifically noted.)
a. Group A occupancies. Live loads should not be reduced for floors in Group A
occupancies. (Section 1607.9.2, Item 1)
32
b. Heavy live loads. Live loads in excess of 100 psf (4.79 kN/m2) should not be reduced (except for members supporting two or more floors, which are permitted to be
reduced by 20 percent). (Section 1607.9.2, Item 2)
c. Passenger vehicle parking garages. Live loads should not be reduced in passenger
vehicle parking garages (except for members supporting two or more floor, which are
permitted to be reduced by a maximum of 20 percent). (Section 1607.9.2, Item 3)
d. Member supporting live load exceeding 100 psf, or area not more than 150 square
feet (13.94 m2), should not be permitted to reduce live load. (Section 1607.9.2, Item 4)
12. Distribution of uniform floor live loads. Uniform floor live loads should be distributed
such that the full dead loads are on all spans in combination with floor live loads on
adjacent spans or alternate spans (see Figure 4-2). (Section 1607.10).
Figure 4.2
Alternate span loading of continuous beams
13. Attics in one- and two-family dwellings should be designed to resist the live loads in
accordance with Table 1607.1, Item 28, Footnotes i, j and k. (Table 1607.1, Item 28,
Footnotes i, j and k)
14. Roof live loads.
a. Roof live loads on sloped surfaces. Roof live loads on sloped surfaces should be
assumed to act vertically on the horizontal projection as shown in Figure 4-3 in
accordance with Section 1607.11.
33
Figure 4.3
Projected live loads on roofs
b. Distribution of roof loads. Where uniform roof live loads are reduced to less than
20 psf (0.96 kN/m2) in accordance with Section 1607.11.2.1 on members arranged to
create continuity, loads should be distributed such that the full dead loads are on all
spans in combination with live loads on adjacent spans or alternate spans. (Section
1607.11.1)
c. Reduction in roof live loads. Live loads of 100 psf (4.79kN/m2) or less should not
be reduced for roof members except as specified in Section 1607.11.2. (Section
1607.9.1.4)
d. Minimum uniformly distributed roof live loads. Uniformly distributed roof live
loads should be determined depending on specific conditions as follows:
(1) Flat, pitched and curved roofs should be designed for a minimum live load in
accordance with the equations specified in Section 1607.11.2.1. (Section
1607.11.2.1)
(2) Greenhouse roof should be designed for a minimum live load of 12 psf (0.58
kN/m2). (Section 1607.11.2.1)
(3) Promenade roofs, roof gardens and roofs used for assemblies should be designed
for a minimum live load as required in Table 1607.1. (Section 1607.11.2.2)
(4) Roofs used for landscaping should be designed for a minimum live load of 20 psf
(0.958 kN/m2) excluding the weight of landscaping materials, which are considered
dead load. (Section 1607.11.2.3)
(5) Awnings and canopies should be designed for a minimum live load as required in
Table 1607.1, as well as for snow loads and wind loads as specified in Sections
1608 and 1609. (Section 1607.11.2.4)
15. Crane loads. Crane live loads should be the rated capacity of the crane. Design of runway beams, including connections and support brackets, of moving bridge cranes and
monorail cranes should include the maximum wheel loads of the crane and the vertical
impact, and lateral and longitudinal forces induced by the moving crane, in accordance
with Section 1607.12. (Section 1607.12)
16. Minimum horizontal loads on interior walls and partitions. All interior walls and
partitions that exceed 6 feet (1829 mm) in height should have adequate strength to
34
resist not less than a horizontal load of 5 psf (0.24 kN/m2) in accordance with Section
1607.13. (Section 1607.13)
35
5. Snow Loads
Applicable standards:
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-05)
A. Minimum snow load. The design snow load should not be less than roof live loads determined in accordance with Section 1607. (Section 1608.1)
Note:
Methodology. The procedure established for determining design snow loads is as follows
(Section C7.0 of ASCE 7):
1. Determine the ground snow load for the geographic location (Sections 7.2 and C7.2).
2. Generate a flat roof snow load from the ground load with consideration given to (1)
roof exposure (Sections 7.3.1, C7.3 and C7.3.1), (2) roof thermal condition (Sections
7.3.2, C7.3 and C7.3.2), (3) occupancy and function of structure (Sections 7.3.3
and C7.3.3).
3. Consider roof slope (Sections 7.4 through 7.4.5 and C7.4).
4. Consider partial loading (Sections 7.5 and C7.5).
5. Consider unbalanced loads (Sections 7.6 through 7.6.4 and C7.6).
6. Consider snow drifts: (1) on lower roofs (Sections 7.7 through 7.7.2 and C7.7) and
(2) from projections (Sections 7.8 and C7.8).
7. Consider sliding snow (Sections 7.9 and C7.9).
8. Consider extra loads from rain on snow (Sections 7.10 and C7.10).
9. Consider ponding loads (Section 7.11 and C7.11).
10. Consider existing roofs (Sections 7.12 and C7.12).
11. Consider other roofs and sites (Section C7.13).
12. Consider the consequences of loads in excess of the design value (see Section
C7.0 of ASCE 7).
2.
Site-specific case studies should be made to determine ground snow loads in areas
designated CS in Fig. 7-1 of ASCE 7. (Section 7.2 of ASCE 7) (Section 1608.2)
3.
Ground snow loads for the project site should be approved by the building official.
36
4.
Ground snow load determination for elevations above the limits indicated in Fig. 7-1 of
ASCE 7 or for sites within CS areas for the project site should be based on an extreme
value statistical analysis of data available in the vicinity of the site using a value with a
2 percent annual probability of being exceeded (50-year mean recurrence interval). (Section 7.2 of ASCE 7) (Section 1608.2)
C. Slope of roof. In areas where roof slope is equal to or less than 5 degrees (0.09 rad), the
provisions of Section 7.3 of ASCE 7 for flat roof snow loads should be applied.
D. Flat roof snow loads. (Slope 5 degrees) The flat roof snow load, pf, should be computed
using Equation 7-1 of ASCE 7, after obtaining the following information. (Section 7.3 of
ASCE 7)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Rain-on-snow surcharge. Roof design shall include a 5 lb/ft2 (0.24 kN/M2) rain-onsnow surcharge to the balanced load case only (Where Pg is 20 lb/ft2 (0.96 kN/m2) or
less, and roof slope is less than W/50) in accordance with Section 7.10 of ASCE 7. (Section 7.10 of ASCE 7)
5.
Ponding instability. Progressive deflection (ponding) caused by full snow loads should
be investigated (for roofs with a slope less than 1/4 inch per foot (1.19 degrees) to preclude ponding instability in accordance with Section 7.11 of ASCE 7. (Section 7.11 of
ASCE 7)
6.
E. Sloped roof snow load (slope > 5 degrees). The sloped roof snow load, ps, should be
determined using Equation 7-2 of ASCE 7, after obtaining the following information on roof
slope factor. (Section 7.4 of ASCE 7)
1.
37
F.
2.
Sloped roof snow load, ps, should be computed as: ps = Cspf. (Eq. 7-2 of ASCE 7) (Section 7.4 of ASCE 7)
3.
Ice dams and icicles along eaves. The following types of warm roofs that drain water
over their eaves shall be capable of sustaining a uniformly distributed load of 2pf on all
overhanging portions. No other loads except dead loads shall be present on the roof
when this uniformly distributed load is applied. (Section 7.4.5 of ASCE 7)
a.
Warm roofs that are unventilated and have an R-value less than 30 ft2 h F/Btu
(5.3C m2/W) and
b.
Warm roofs that are ventilated and have an R-value less than 20 ft2 h F/Btu
(3.5C m2/W).
Partial loading. The effect of having selected spans loaded with balanced snow load and
remaining spans loaded with half the balanced snow load should be analyzed for continuous and cantilever members in accordance with Section 7.5 of ASCE 7; see also Figure 5.1.
(Section 7.5 of ASCE 7)
G. Unbalanced snow loads. Unbalanced roof snow loads should be determined in accordance
with Section 7.6 of ASCE 7. Winds from all directions should be accounted for when
establishing unbalanced loads (see Figures 5.2). Use Section 7.6.1 for hip and gable roofs
(see Figure 7.5 of ASCE 7), Section 7.6.2 for cold roofs, Section 7.6.3 for multiple folded
plate, sawtooth (see Figure 5.4) and barrel vault roofs (see Figure C7-3 and Example 2,
Chapter C7 of ASCE 7) and Section 7.6.4 for dome roofs (see Figures 5.3 and 5.4 of ASCE 7).
(Section 7.6 of ASCE 7)
Figure 5-1
Partial loading diagrams for continuous beams
38
Figure 5-2
Figure 5-3
Balanced and unbalanced snow loads for hip and gable roofs
39
Figure 5-4
Balanced and unbalanced snow loads for a sawtooth roof
Figure 5-5
Drifts formed at windward and leeward steps
H. Drifts on lower roofs. Roofs should be designed to sustain localized loads from snow drifts
that form in the wind shadow of: (a) higher portions of the same structure; and (b) adjacent
structures and terrain features, in accordance with Sections 7.7.1 and 7.7.2 of ASCE 7 (see
Figures 5-5, 5-6 and 5-7).
40
Figure 5-6
Configuration of snow drifts on lower roofs
Figure 5-7
Draft snow on adjacent low structures
I.
Roof projections. Drift loads that are due to the following projections above the roof should
be determined in accordance with Section 7.8 of ASCE 7 (see Figure 5-8). (Parapets and/or
equipment at _____________________________.)
J.
Sliding snow. The load caused by snow sliding off a sloped roof onto a lower roof should be
addressed in accordance with Section 7.9 of ASCE 7 for:
1.
slippery upper roofs with slopes greater than 1/4 on 12, and
41
2.
Sliding loads shall be superimposed on the balanced snow load (See Figure 5-9.)
Figure 5-8
Snow drifting at roof projections
Figure 5-9
Additional Surcharge due to Sliding Snow
42
43
6. Wind Loads
Applicable standards:
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-05)
SBCCI SSTD 10 Standard for Hurricane Resistant Residential Construction
AF&PA Wood Frame Construction Manual (WFCM) for One- and Two-Family Dwellings
NAAMM FP 1001 Guide Specifications for Design of Metal Flag Poles
TIA/EIA-222 Steel Antenna Towers and Antenna Supporting Structures
ASTM E1886 Section 6.5.9.3, Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows,
Curtain Walls, Doors and Storm Shutters Impacted by Missile(s) and Exposed to Cyclic
Pressure Differentials, 2002.
ASTM E1996 Section 6.5.9.3 Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows,
Curtain Walls, Doors and Storm Shutters Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes,
2003.
A. General.
1.
Wind pressures should be assumed to come from any horizontal direction and to act
normal to the surfaces considered. (Section 1609.1.1)
2.
Shielding. Wind loads should not be reduced for the effect of shielding by other
structures. (Section 1609.1)
3.
Standards for wind loads. Wind loads on every building or structure should be determined in accordance with Chapter 6 of ASCE 7. The type of opening protection required,
the basic wind speed and the exposure category for a site is permitted to be determined
in accordance with Section 1609 or ASCE 7. (Section 1609.1.1)
4.
Other wind standards. The following design standards may be used subject to the
limitations set forth in Section 1609.1.1.1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
44
5.
Scope. Buildings and other structures, including the main wind-force-resisting system
(MWFRS) and all components and cladding thereof, shall be designed and constructed
to resist wind loads as specified herein. (Section 6.1.1 of ASCE 7)
6.
Wind pressures acting on opposite faces of each building surface. In the calculation
of design wind loads for the MWFRS and for components and cladding for buildings, the
algebraic sum of the pressures acting on opposite faces of each building surface shall
be taken into account. (Section 6.1.3 of ASCE 7)
Main wind-force-resisting systems (MWFRS). The wind loads should not be less than
10 psf (0.48 kN/m2) multiplied by the area of the building or structure projected on a
vertical plane normal to the wind direction. (Section 6.1.4.1 of ASCE 7)
2.
Components and cladding. The design pressure should not be less than 10 psf (0.48
kN/m2) acting in either direction normal to the surface. (Section 6.1.4.2 of ASCE 7)
3.
Open buildings and other structures. The wind loads should not be less than 10 psf
(0.48 kN/m2) multiplied by the area, Af, which is the area either normal to the wind
direction or projected on a plane normal to the wind direction. (Section 6.1.4.1 of ASCE
7)
C. Anchorage against overturning, uplift and sliding. Structural members and systems, and
components and cladding should be designed to resist wind-induced overturning, uplift and
sliding, and provide continuous load paths for those forces to the foundation in accordance
with Section 1604.9.
D. Maximum resisting dead load. When using dead load to resist overturning, uplift and
sliding in the alternative basic load combinations of Section 1605.3.2, the dead load should
be assumed to be 2/3 of the minimum dead load likely to be in place during the design wind
event. Where wind loads are calculated in accordance with Chapter 6 of ASCE 7, the
coefficient shall be taken as 1.3. (Section 1605.3.2)
E. Protection of openings in wind-borne debris regions. In wind-borne debris regions,
glazing in buildings should be impact-resistant or protected with an impact-resistant
covering meeting the requirements of an approved impact-resisting standard or ASTM E
1996 and ASTM E 1886 referenced therein as follows: (Section 1609.1.2)
Wind-borne debris region: Areas within hurricane-prone regions within 1 mile (1.61
km) of the coastal mean high-water line where the basic wind speed is 110 miles (48.4
m/s) per hour or greater; or where the basic wind speed is 120 miles (52.8 m/s) per hour
or greater; or Hawaii. (Section 1609.2)
1.
Glazed openings located within 30 feet (9144 mm) of grade should meet the requirements of the Large Missile Test of ASTM E 1996.
45
b.
2.
F.
Glazed openings located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) above grade should meet the
provisions of the Small Missile Test of ASTM E 1996.
Louvers. Louvers protecting intake and exhaust ventilation ducts not assumed to be
open that are located within 30 feet (9144 mm) of grade should meet requirements of an
approved impact-resisting standard or the Large Missile Test of ASTM E 1996. (Section
1609.1.2.1 of ASCE 7)
G. Design procedures. The design wind loads should be determined using one of the following
procedures: (6.1.2 of ASCE 7) (See Figure 6-1)
1.
2.
3.
Figure 6-1
Method determination for wind load analysis
46
2.
3.
Limits of MWFRS. To use the simplified procedure, the building should meet all following requirements, and components and claddings should meet all the requirements of
Section 6.4.1.2:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
It does not have response characteristics making it subject to across wind loading,
vortex shedding, instability that is due to galloping or flutter; and it does not have a
site location for which channeling effects or buffeting in the wake of upwind
obstructions warrant special consideration.
g.
h.
It is exempted from torsional load cases as indicated in Note 5 of Fig. 6-10; or, the
torsional load cases defined in Note 5 do not control the design of any of the
MWFRSs of the building.
Limits on components and cladding. To use the simplified procedure for the design of
components and cladding the building must meet all the following conditions:
a.
b.
The building is enclosed as defined in Section 6.2 and conforms to the wind-borne
debris provisions of Section 6.5.9.3.
c.
d.
The building does not have response characteristics making it subject to across
wind loading, vortex shedding, instability that is due to galloping or flutter; and it
does not have a site location for which channeling effects or buffeting in the wake of
upwind obstructions warrant special consideration.
e.
60 ft.
b.
47
c.
I.
4.
Main wind-force resisting system (MWFRS). Simplified design wind net pressures, ps,
should be determined according to Equation 6-1 and Section 6.4.2.1 of ASCE 7. The
load effects of the design wind pressures from Section 6.4.2.1 should not be less than
the minimum load case from Section 6.1.4.1 determined in accordance with Section
6.4.2.1.1 of ASCE 7.
5.
Components and cladding. Net design wind pressures, pnet, for the components and
cladding of buildings should be determined by Equation 6-2 and Section 6.4.2.2 of
ASCE 7. The positive design wind pressures should not be less than +10 psf, and the
negative design wind pressure should not be less than 10 psf. (Section 6.4.2.2.1 of
ASCE 7)
6.
Air permeable cladding. Design wind loads determined from Fig. 6.3 of ASCE 7 should
be used for all air permeable cladding. (Section 6.4.3 of ASCE 7)
2.
Scope. Building (or other structure) should meet both the following conditions in order
to use Method 2 to determine design wind loads: (Section 6.5.1 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
It does not have response characteristics making it subject to across wind loading,
vortex shedding or instability that is due to galloping or flutter; or, it does not have
a site location for which channeling effects or buffeting in the wake of upwind
obstructions warrant special consideration.
b.
Air permeable cladding. Design wind loads determined from Section 6.5 of ASCE 7
should be used for air permeable cladding. (Section 6.5.2.2 of ASCE 7)
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
3.
J.
b.
Wind directionality factor Kd = _____________________________ should be determined from Table 6-4 in accordance with Section 6.5.4.4 of ASCE 7. This factor
should only be applied with load combinations in Sections 1605.2.1 and 1605.3.1,
or Sections 2.3 and 2.4 of ASCE 7.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Internal pressure coefficient GCpi should be determined in accordance with Section 6.5.11.1 of ASCE 7.
i.
j.
k.
Scope. Wind tunnel tests should be used where required by Section 6.5.2. (Section
6.6.1 of ASCE 7)
2.
Test conditions. Wind tunnel tests, or similar tests employing fluids other than air,
used for the determination of design wind loads for any building or other structure,
should be conducted in accordance with Section 6.6 of ASCE 7. (Section 6.6.2 of ASCE
7)
K. Roof systems.
1.
Roof deck and roof coverings. The roof deck and roof coverings should be designed to
withstand the wind pressures determined in accordance with ASCE 7. (Section
1609.5.1 and 1609.5.2)
2.
L.
57
Rigid tile. Wind loads on rigid tiles should be determined in accordance with Section
1609.5.3.
58
59
60
B. At-rest pressure. Basement walls and other walls in which horizontal movement is restricted at the top shall be designed for at-rest pressure. (Section 1610.1).
1. Basement walls not more than 8 feet below grade supporting flexible floor systems are
permitted to be designed for active pressure.
C. Active pressure. Retaining walls free to move and rotate at the top are permitted to be designed for active pressure. (Section 1610.1)
D. Surcharge loads. Design lateral pressure from surcharge loads shall be added to the lateral
earth pressure load. (Section 1610.1)
E. Expensive soil. Design lateral pressure shall be increased where soils with expansion
potential are present at the site. (Section 1610.1)
F.
Sliding and overturning. Retaining walls should be designed for a factor of safety of 1.5
against overturning, sliding, excessive foundation pressure and water uplift (See Figure
7-1.). (Section 1806.1)
Figure 7-1
Retaining wall forces
61
8. Rain Loads
Applicable Standards:
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-05)
A. Design rain loads. Each portion of a roof should be designed to sustain the load of rainwater that will accumulate on it if the primary drainage system for that portion is blocked
plus the uniform load caused by water that rises above the inlet of the secondary drainage
system at its design flow (See Figure 8-1). (Section 1611.1 and ASCE 7, Chapter C8)
Figure 8-1
Roof portion
B. Ponding on roofs with slopes less than 1/4:12. Roofs with a slope less than 1/4 inch per
foot (1.19) should be investigated by structural analysis to ensure that they possess adequate stiffness to preclude progressive deflection in accordance with Section 8.4 of ASCE 7.
(Section 1611.2)
C. Controlled drainage.
1.
Roofs equipped with hardware to control the rate of drainage should be equipped with a
secondary drainage system at a higher elevation that limits accumulation of water on
the roof above that elevation. (Section 8.5 of ASCE 7)
2.
Roof should be designed to sustain the load of all rainwater that will accumulate to the
elevation of the secondary drainage system plus the uniform load caused by water that
rises above the inlet of the secondary drainage system at its design flow (in accordance
with Section 8.3 of ASCE 7). (Section 8.5 of ASCE 7)
62
3.
Justify roof ponding stability in accordance with Section 8.4). (Section 8.5 of ASCE 7)
Drainage across property lines should not exceed that which existed prior to grading.
(Appendix Section J109.4)
2.
3.
63
9. Flood Loads
Applicable standards:
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-05)
Flood Resistant Design and Construction (ASCE 24-05)
Crawlspace Construction for Buildings Located in Special Flood Hazard Areas (FEMA/FIATB-11-01)
A. Applicability. Section 1612 should be applicable to all new construction of buildings and
structures within flood hazard areas that are established in accordance with Section 1612.3.
(Section 1612)
B. Establishment of flood hazard areas.
1.
To establish flood hazard areas, the Federal Emergency Management Agency report
entitled The Flood Insurance Study for the [INSERT NAME OF JURISDICTION], as
amended or revised with the accompanying Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) and Flood
Boundary and Floodway Map (FBFM) and related supporting data along with any revisions should be used. (Section 1612.1)
2.
Building is located in more than one flood hazard area. The provisions associated with
the most restrictive flood hazard area should apply. (Section 1612.1)
C. Design and construction. Buildings and other structures in flood hazard areas should be
designed and constructed in accordance with ASCE 24. (Section 1612.4)
1.
Buildings and structures in designated flood hazard areas should have the finished
ground level of under-floor spaces such as a crawl space equal to or higher than the
outside finished ground level. The exception exempts under-floor spaces of Group R-3
buildings that meet the requirements of FEMA/FIA-TB-11, Crawlspace Construction for
Buildings Located in Special Flood Hazard Areas (Section 1807.1.2.1).
D. Flood hazard documentation. For buildings in flood hazard areas a flood hazard report
shall be prepared and sealed by a registered design professional and submitted to the building official in accordance with Section 1612.5.
64
65
2.
3.
4.
Site class
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Seismic importance factor and Occupancy Category. The structure should be assigned a seismic importance factor (I) of ______________ based on Table 11.5-1 of ASCE 7
and an Occupancy Category of ______________ based on Table 1604.5. (Section 1603.1.5
item 1) (Note: In lieu of ASCE 7 Table 1-1)
2.
3.
Site Class D should be assigned to the site of the structure unless another site
classification is determined in accordance with Section 1613.5.2. (Section 1613.5.2)
66
b.
4.
b.
5.
Design response spectrum. The design response spectrum curve should be developed
as indicated in Figure 10-1. (Section 11.4.5 of ASCE 7)
6.
Adjustment of ground motion parameters for site class. The maximum considered
earthquake spectral response accelerations for short period and 1-second period should
be adjusted for site class effects in accordance with Section 1613.5.3.
7.
Base is the level at which the horizontal seismic ground motions are considered to
be imparted to the structure. (Section 11.2 of ASCE 7)
Figure 10-1
Design response spectrum
67
Figure 10-2
Definition of story above grade (Figure 12.4-1 of FEMA 450-1 NEHPR 2003)
b.
Grade plane should be the reference plane representing the average of finished
ground level adjoining the structure at all exterior walls. Where the finished ground
level slopes away from the exterior walls, the reference plane should be established
by the lowest points within the area between the buildings and the lot line or,
where the lot line is more than 6 ft (1,829 mm) from the structure, between the
structure and a point 6 ft (1,829 mm) from the structure. (Section 11.2 of ASCE 7)
C. Criteria selection.
1.
Continuous load path. A continuous load path, or paths, with adequate strength and
stiffness to transfer forces induced by the design earthquake ground motions to the
final point of resistance should be provided as described below. (Section 1604.4)
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
2.
68
3.
b.
Structural separation. Where structures have two or more portions that are
structurally separated, each portion shall be separately classified. (Section 1604.5.1)
c.
Seismic design category. The structure should be assigned to a Seismic Design Category (SDC) (Section 1613.5.6, or Section 11.6 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
c.
Where S1 is less than 0.75, the Seismic Design Category (SDC) of ______________
should be the more severe one from Table 1613.5.6(1) (or Table 11.6-1 of ASCE 7)
or from Table 1613.5.6 (2) (or Table 11.6-2 of ASCE 7). (Section 1613.5.6, or Section 11.6 of ASCE 7)
d.
Where S1 is less than 0.75 and conditions 1 4 in Section 11.6 of ASCE 7 are met,
Seismic Design Category (SDC) of ______________ based on Occupancy Category and
SDS from Table 1613.5.6(1) (or Table 11.6-1 of ASCE 7) is permitted. (Section 11.6 of
ASCE 7)
e.
4.
Site limitation for SDC E or F. The structure should not be located where there is a
known potential for an active fault to cause rupture of the ground surface at the
structure. (Section 11.8.1 of ASCE 7)
5.
Lateral forces (SDC A). A minimum lateral force of 0.01wx should be applied
simultaneously at each floor level, where wx is the portion of total dead load of the
structure, located or assigned to level x. (Section 11.7.2 of ASCE 7) (See Figure
10.3.)
69
Figure 10-3
Minimum lateral force
Figure 10-4
Anchorage of concrete and masonry walls *SDC A
b.
Load path connections (SDC A). All parts of the structure between separation
joints should be interconnected in accordance with Section 11.7.3 of ASCE 7. Any
smaller portion of the structure should be tied to the remainder of the structure
with elements having design strength of not less than 5 percent of the portions
weight. (Section 11.7.3 of ASCE 7)
c.
Anchorage of concrete or masonry walls (SDC A). Concrete and masonry walls
should be anchored to floors, roofs and other structural elements that provide lateral support for the wall, as specified in Section 11.7.3 of ASCE 7, but not less than
70
280 lbs/linear ft (4.09 kN/m) substituted for E in the load combinations of Section
1605.2 or 1605.3, or Section 2.3 or 2.4 of ASCE 7. (Section 1604.8.2 and Section
11.7.5 of ASCE 7) (See Figure 10.4.)
D. Seismic force-resisting systems.
1.
Defining the seismic force-resisting system (SDC B F). A basic lateral and vertical
seismic force-resisting system should be identified from Table 12.2-1, or a combination
of systems in accordance with Sections 12.2.2-4 of ASCE 7). (Section 12.2.1 of ASCE 7)
4.
Deflection amplification coefficient, Cd (SDC B F). A deflection amplification coefficient, Cd, of ______________ should be used in accordance with Table 12.2-1 of ASCE 7,
Item ______________.
5.
Systems not listed in Table 12.2-1 of ASCE 7 (SDC B F). Submit analytical and test
data that establish the dynamic characteristics and demonstrate the lateral force resistance and energy dissipation capacity to be equivalent to the structural systems listed
for equivalent response modification coefficient, R, system overstrength coefficient, o,
and deflection amplification coefficient, Cd, values. (Section 12.2.1 of ASCE 7)
6.
For the dual system, the moment frame should be capable of resisting at least 25
percent of design forces. The total seismic force resistance should be provided by
the combination of the moment frames and the shear walls or braced frames in
proportion to their rigidities. (Section 12.2.5.1 of ASCE 7)
b.
(SDC D F) The special moment frame at ______________ is required by Table 12.11 as part of the dual system. The frame should be continuous to the foundation.
(Section 12.2.5.5 of ASCE 7)
7.
Combination of framing systems in different directions (SDC B F). Different systems are used along each of the orthogonal axes. The respective R, Cd and o
coefficients should apply to each system, including the limitations on system use contained in Table 12.2-1. (Section 12.2.2 of ASCE 7)
8.
b.
R-value for vertical combinations. The value of the response modification coefficient, R, used for design at any story should not exceed the lowest value of R that is
71
used in the same direction at any story above that story. (Section 12.2.3.1 of ASCE
7)
c.
d.
Vertical combination of flexible upper portion over rigid lower portion. Twostage equivalent lateral force procedure is permitted to be used if the structure has
a flexible upper portion above a rigid lower portion, and the design of the structure
complies with all of the following: (Section 12.2.3.1 of ASCE 7)
(1) The stiffness of the lower portion is at least 10 times the stiffness of the upper
portion.
(2) the period of the entire structure is not greater than 1.1 times the period of the
upper portion considered as a separate structure fixed at the base.
(3) The flexible upper portion is designed as a separate structure using the
appropriate values of R and .
(4) The rigid lower portion is designed as a separate structure using the appropriate values of R and . The reactions from the upper portion were those
determined from the analysis of the upper portion amplified by the ratio of the
R/ of the lower portion. This ratio should not be less than 1.0.
e.
f.
72
9.
g.
h.
Limitation on use of seismic force-resisting system (SDC B F). The following seismic force-resisting system is not permitted to be used in accordance with Table 12.2-1
of ASCE 7. ______________
10. Height limitations (SDC B F). (All references to ASCE 7.) The following seismic forceresisting system should not exceed ______________ feet (mm) in height in accordance
with Table 12.2-1.
Building height limits may be increased under specific conditions as follows:
a.
Steel braced frames (B.1, B.2 and B.3 of Table 12.2-1) and special reinforced
concrete shear walls (B.5 of Table 12.2-1) (SDC D F). The height limits in Table
12.2-1 are permitted to be increased from 160 ft (50 m) to 240 ft (75 m) for structures assigned to SDC D or E and from 100 ft (30 m) to 160 ft (50 m) for structures
assigned to SDC F that have steel braced frames or special reinforced concrete castin-place shear walls that meet both of the following requirements (Section 12.2.5.4):
(1) The building has no extreme torsional irregularity as defined in Table 12.3-1
(horizontal structural irregularity Type 1b).
(2) The braced frames or shear walls in any one plane should resist no more than
60 percent of the total seismic forces in each direction, neglecting accidental
torsional effects defined by Section 12.8.4.2.
b.
Single-story steel IMF and OMF (C.3 and C.4 of Table 12.2-1) in SDC D or E.
Height of single-story steel IMF and OMF building are permitted to be increased to
a height of 65 feet (20 m) (Section 12.2.5.6) where:
(1) dead load supported by and tributary to the roof does not exceed 20 psf (0.96
kN/m2), and
(2) dead load tributary to the moment frame of the exterior wall more than 35 ft
above the base does not exceed 20 psf (0.96 kN/m2).
c.
Other steel IMF and OMF (C.3 and C.4 of Table 12.2-1) in SDC D or E. (Section
12.2.5.7 of ASCE 7)
(1) Steel OMF within light-frame construction, not meeting the limitations set forth
in Section 12.2.5.6, are permitted to be increased up to a height of 35 ft (10.6
m) where the roof and floor dead load supported by and tributary to the moment frames does not exceed 35 psf (1.68 kN/m2), and the dead load of the
exterior walls tributary to the moment frame does not exceed 20 psf (0.96
kN/m2).
73
(2) Steel IMF not meeting the limitations set forth in Section 12.2.5.6 are permitted
to be up to a height of 35 feet as follows:
d.
a)
Buildings in SDC D
b)
In SDC E, up to 35 ft (10.6 m), where the roof or the floor dead load supported by and tributary to the moment frames does not exceed 35 psf (1.68
kN/m2) and the dead load of the exterior walls tributary to the moment
frame does not exceed 20 psf (0.96 kN/m2).
Single-story steel IMF and OMF (C.3 and C.4 of Table 12.2-1) in SDC F (Section
12.2.5.8 of ASCE 7). Height of single-story steel IMF and OMF buildings are permitted to be increased up to a height of 65 ft (20 m) where,
(1) dead load supported by and tributary to the roof does not exceed 20 psf (0.96
kN/m2), and
(2) dead loads of the exterior walls tributary to the moment frame does not exceed
20 psf (0.96 kN/m2).
11. Cantilever column systems. Cantilever column systems as defined in Section 11.2 of
ASCE 7 are permitted as indicated in Table 12.2-1 of ASCE 7 and must meet the
following: (Section 12.2.5.2 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
For allowable stress design, the axial load stress on individual cantilever column
elements, calculated in accordance with the load combinations of Section 2.4
should not exceed 15 percent of the permissible axial stress, and
c.
Foundation and other elements used to provide overturning resistance at the base
of cantilever column elements should have the strength to resist the load combinations with overstrength factor of Section 12.4.3.2.
d.
Inverted pendulum type structures (except elevated tanks, vessels, bins and hoppers) meeting the definition of Section 11.2 of ASCE 7 should be designed in
accordance with Section 15.4.1, Item 1b using the Seismic Coefficients and Factors
of Table 15.4-2 of ASCE 7. (Section 15.4.1, Item 1b and Table 15.4-2 of ASCE 7)
b.
Supporting columns or piers of inverted pendulum-type structures should be designed for the bending moment calculated at the base determined using the
procedures given in Section 12.8 of ASCE 7 and varying uniformly to a moment at
the top equal to one-half the calculated bending moment at the base. (Section
12.2.5.3 of ASCE 7)
74
The SMF at ______________ is not part of a dual system (C.1, C.5 or C.8 of Table
12.2-1.) It is discontinued and supported by a system with a lower R; therefore,
requirements of Sections 12.3.3.2 and 12.3.3.4 should be included in design.
(Section 12.2.5.5)
b.
The SMF at ______________ is part of a dual system (D.1-13 of Table 12.2-1) and
therefore must be continuous to the foundation. (Section 12.2.5.5)
The shear strength of the shear walls of the shear wall-frame interactive system
must be at least 75 percent of the design story shear at each story. (Section
12.2.5.10)
b. The frames of the shear wall-frame interactive system should be capable of resisting
at least 25 percent of the design story shear in every story. (Section 12.2.5.10)
E. Irregular and regular classification (SDC B F). Structures should be classified as regular
or irregular in accordance with Section 12.3.2 of ASCE 7, based on horizontal and vertical
configurations. (Section 12.3.2 of ASCE 7)
F.
1.
2.
Vertical irregularity. The building has a vertical irregularity type ______________ as defined in Table 12.3-2 of ASCE 7. Compliance with the requirements listed in the
referenced section of the table should be demonstrated. (Section 12.3.2.2 of ASCE 7)
Diaphragm flexibility. The structural analysis should consider the relative stiffness of diaphragms and the vertical elements of the seismic force-resisting system.
1.
2.
Where diaphragms are not flexible or rigid in accordance with Section 12.3.1.1, as
amended by IBC Section 1613.1, 12.3.1.2 or 12.3.1.3 of ASCE 7, the structural analysis
should explicitly include consideration of the stiffness of the diaphragm (i.e., semirigid
modeling assumption). (Section 12.3.1 of ASCE 7)
3.
75
b.
Diaphragms of wood structural panels or untopped steel decks in one- and twofamily residential buildings of light-frame construction shall also be permitted to be
idealized as flexible. (Section 12.3.1.1 of ASCE 7)
c.
d.
Figure 10-5
Flexible diaphragm
4.
Rigid diaphragm condition. Diaphragms of concrete slabs or concrete filled metal deck
with span-to-depth ratios of 3 or less in structures that have no horizontal irregularities
should be considered rigid. (Section 12.3.1.2 of ASCE 7)
76
G. Types of analysis procedure. The structural analysis required by Chapter 12 should consist of
one of the methods listed below as permitted by Table 12.6-1 or Section 12.14 of ASCE 7.
1.
Simplified design procedure (SDC B E). The simplified procedure is permitted for
structures that meet the criteria prescribed in Section 12.14 of ASCE 7. See Item I.
(Section 12.14 of ASCE 7)
2. Equivalent lateral-force procedure. (SDC B F). (See Item H.) (Section 12.8 of ASCE 7)
3.
Modal response spectrum analysis (SDC B F). (See Item I.) (Section 12.9 of ASCE 7)
4.
Seismic response history procedures (linear or nonlinear) (SDC B F). (See Item I.)
(Chapter 16 of ASCE 7)
2.
b.
Effective seismic weight. (Section 12.7.2 of ASCE 7) The effective seismic weight, W,
should include the total dead load and the following loads:
77
3.
4.
5.
a.
Storage loads. Total seismic weight should include 25 percent of the floor storage
reduced live load in ______________ areas. (Section 12.7.2, item 1 of ASCE 7)
b.
Partition loads. Total seismic weight should include the actual partition weight but
not less than 10 psf (0.48 kN/m2). (Section 12.7.2, item 2 of ASCE 7)
c.
Permanent equipment. Total seismic weight should include the operating weight
of the following permanent equipment ______________. (Section 12.7.2, item 3 of
ASCE 7)
d.
Snow load. Total seismic weight should include 20 percent of the uniform design
snow load. (Section 12.7.2, item 4 of ASCE 7)
Include effects of applied loads and any imposed displacements or P-Delta effects,
b.
Include the stiffness and strength of elements at ______________ because these elements are significant to the distribution of forces and deformations in the structure,
and
c.
Represent the spatial distribution of mass and stiffness throughout the structure.
3-D model. Structures (that have horizontal structural irregularity Type 1a, 1b, 4 or 5
of Table 12.3-1) should be analyzed using a 3-D representation in accordance with the
criteria set forth in Section 12.7.3 including all of the following: (Section 12.7.3 of ASCE
7)
a.
b.
c.
e.
The effects of cracked sections for concrete and masonry elements. (Section 12.7.3
of ASCE 7)
f.
The contribution of panel zone deformations to overall story drift for steel moment
frame systems. (Section 12.7.3 of ASCE 7)
Interaction effects deformation compatibility. Moment-resisting frames are enclosed or adjoined by (______________) elements that are more rigid and not part of the
seismic force-resisting system. (Section 12.7.4 of ASCE 7)
a.
These frames should be designed so that the action or failure of those elements will
not impair the vertical load and seismic force-resisting capability of the frame. (Section 12.7.4 of ASCE 7)
b.
The design should provide for the effect of these rigid elements on the structural
system at structural deformations corresponding to the design story drift ( ) as
determined in Section12.8.6. (Section 12.7.4 of ASCE 7)
c.
The effects of these elements should be considered while determining the irregularities defined in Section 12.3.2. (Section 12.7.4 of ASCE 7)
78
I.
Simplified design procedure (SDC B E). The simplified design procedure set forth in Section 12.14 cannot be used, because the structure has one or more of the following
condition(s): (Section 12.14.1.1 of ASCE 7)
1.
Occupancy Category is III (or IV) in accordance with Table 1604.5. (Section 12.14.1.1,
Item 1 of ASCE 7)
2.
3.
Exceeds three stories in height above grade. (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 3 of ASCE 7)
4.
The seismic force-resisting system is not bearing wall system or building frame system,
as indicated in Table 12.14-1. (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 4 of ASCE 7)
5.
The structure does not have two or more lines of lateral resistance in ______________
direction(s.) (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 5 of ASCE 7)
6.
7.
Structure has flexible diaphragms. Overhangs beyond the outside line of shear walls or
braced frames do not satisfy a d/5 (Eq. 12.14-1). (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 7 of ASCE 7)
8.
Buildings has nonflexible diaphragm. The distance between the center of rigidity and
the center of mass parallel to ______________ axis exceeds 15 percent of the greatest
width of the diaphragm parallel to that axis. (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 8 of ASCE 7)
9.
Equations 12.14-2A and -2B should be satisfied for ______________ axis direction. (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 8 of ASCE 7)
m
i 1
m
i 1
k1i d12i
k1i d 12i
m
i 1
m
i 1
k 2 j d 22 j
2.5(0.05
e1 2 m
)b1 k1i
i 1
b1
(Eq.12.14-2A)
k 2 j d 22 j
2.5(0.05
e1 2 m
)b1 k1i
i 1
b1
(Eq.12.14-2B)
Note: Eq. 12.14-2A and -2B need not be checked where a structure meets all the following limitations:
a.
The arrangement of walls or braced frames is symmetric about each major axis
direction.
b.
The distance between the two most separated lines of walls or braced frames is at
least 90 percent of the dimension of the structure perpendicular to that axis
direction.
c.
The stiffness along each of the lines considered for Item b above is at least 33 percent of the total stiffness in that axis direction.
10. Lines of resistance of the lateral force-resisting system at______________should be oriented at angles of no more than 15 from alignment with ______________ axes of the
building. (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 9 of ASCE 7)
79
11. The simplified design procedure must be used for each major orthogonal horizontal axis
direction of the building. (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 10 of ASCE 7)
12. System has irregularities of in-plane or out-of-plane offsets of lateral force-resisting elements; therefore, it cannot use the Simplified Design Procedure. (Section 12.14.1.1,
Item 11 of ASCE 7
Exception: Out-of-plane and in-plane offsets of shear walls are permitted in two-story
buildings of light-frame construction, provided that the framing supporting the upper
wall is designed for seismic force effects from overturning of the wall amplified by a
factor of 2.5.
13. The lateral-load-resistance of story ______________ is less than 80 percent of the story
above. (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 12 of ASCE 7)
J.
Seismic base shear. The seismic base shear, V, in ______________ direction should be
determined in accordance with the following equation: V = CsW (Eq. 12.8-1 of ASCE 7)
(Section 12.8.1 of ASCE 7)
a.
The seismic response coefficient, Cs, should be determined in accordance with Section 12.8.1.1. (Section 12.8.1.1 of ASCE 7-Supplement 2)
b.
The seismic response coefficient, Cs, should be 0.044 SDSI, but not less than 0.01.
(Section 12.8.1.1 of ASCE 7-Supplement 2)
c.
The Fundamental Period, T, should not exceed the product of the coefficient for upper limit on calculated period (Cu ) from Table 12.8-1 and the approximate
fundamental period, Ta, determined from Eq. 12.8-7 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.8.2 of
ASCE 7)
d.
2.
Vertical distribution of seismic forces. The seismic forces along the building height
should be determined using Equations 12.8-11 and 12.8-12 in accordance with Section
12.8.3 of ASCE 7. (See Figure 10-6.) (Section 12.8.3 of ASCE 7)
3.
Vertical distribution flexible above rigid. Two-staged procedure for flexible above
rigid. A two-staged equivalent lateral force procedure may be used for structures having
flexible upper portion above a rigid lower portion in accordance with Section 12.2.3.1 of
ASCE 7. (Section 12.2.3.1 of ASCE 7)
4.
The seismic design story shear in any story ( ) (kip or kN) should be determined
from Equation 12.8-13 of Section 12.8.4 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.8.4 of ASCE 7)
b.
80
Figure 10-6
Vertical distribution of force
(1) The design story shear should be distributed to the various vertical elements
based on the tributary area of the diaphragm to each line of resistance in
accordance with Section 12.3.1.3 of ASCE 7. (Sections 12.3.1.3 and 12.8.4 of
ASCE 7)
c.
81
6.
Story drift. The design story drift ( ) should be computed as the difference of the
deflections at the center of mass at the top and bottom of the story under consideration
in accordance with Section 12.8.6 of ASCE 7. (See Figure 10-7.)
a.
Story drift and allowable stress design (ASD). Where ASD is used, the design
story drift should be the strength level Seismic forces of Section 12.8, not be reduced by dividing by 1.4. (Section 12.8.6)
b.
Minimum base shear. Elastic analysis should use the prescribed seismic design
forces of Section 12.8 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.8.6.1 of ASCE 7)
c.
Figure 10-7
Story drift determination
82
)
(Table 12.12-1 of ASCE 7) Reproduced with permission from ASCE.
(3) Horizontal irregularity (SCD C F). Building has horizontal irregularity Types
(1a or 1b) of Table 12.3-1. The design story drift, , should be the largest
difference of the deflections along any of the edges of the structure at the top
and bottom of the story under consideration. (Section 12.12.1 of ASCE 7)
(4) Moment frames (SDC D F). For seismic force-resisting systems composed
solely of moment frames, the design story drift ( ) should not exceed a/ for
any story. is the redundancy factor determined from Section 12.3.4. (Section
12.12.1.1 of ASCE 7)
d.
7.
Diaphragm deflection. The deflection in the plane of the diaphragm should not exceed the permissible deflection of the attached elements in accordance with Section
12.12.2 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.12.2 of ASCE 7)
P-delta effects.
a.
Stability coefficient
The stability coefficient should be determined using Equation 12.8-16. (Section 12.8.7 of ASCE 7)
b.
c.
d.
Automated analysis including P-delta effects. from Eq. 12.8-16 may be divided by
(1 + ) before checking Eq. 12.8-17. (Section 12.8.7 of ASCE 7)
Seismic load effect, E. The seismic load effect, E, should be computed in accordance
with the following equations set forth in Section 12.4.2 of ASCE 7;
E = QE + 0.2SDSD and
E = QE 0.2SDSD
83
L.
2.
3.
Maximum seismic load effect, including overstrength factor, Em. The maximum
seismic load effect, including overstrength factor, Em, should be computed in
accordance with the following equation set forth in Section 12.4.3 of ASCE 7 to be used
in the special seismic load combinations of Section 1605.4.
Em =
oQE
+ 0.2SDSD and
Em =
oQE
0.2SDSD
4.
5.
2.
is 1.0.
a.
b.
c.
d. Design of nonbuilding structures that are not similar to buildings. (Section 12.3.4.1,
Item 4 of ASCE 7)
e.
Design of collector elements, splices and their connections for which the load
combinations with overstrength factor of Section 12.4.3.2 are used. (Use Em in lieu
of E in load combinations. Em = Emh Ev = oQE Ev. (Eqs. 12.4-5, 12.4-6 and 12.47 of ASCE 7) (Section 12.3.4.1, Item 5 of ASCE 7)
f.
g.
h.
Structures with damping systems designed in accordance with Section 18. (Section
12.3.4.1, Item 8 of ASCE 7)
84
3.
i.
In SDC D F, structures where each story resisting more than 35 percent of the
base shear complies with the requirements of Table 12.3-3. (Section 12.3.4.2, Item
a of ASCE 7)
j.
Conditions where
2.
Required dynamic analysis procedure. Where a dynamic analysis procedure in accordance with Table 12.6-1 is provided, one of the following methods set forth in Section
12.6 should be used:
a.
b.
c.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Modal base shear for determining the story shear and the story drifts in accordance
with Section 12.8.6 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.9.6 of ASCE 7)
f.
g. Soil structure interaction in accordance with Chapter 19. (Section 12.9.7 of ASCE 7)
3.
Linear (elastic) response history procedure. Compliance with Section 16.1.1 of ASCE
7, including the following, should be shown. (Section 16.1 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
4.
85
86
87
Occupancy Category is III (or IV) in accordance with Table 1604.5. (Section 12.14.1.1,
Item 1 of ASCE 7)
2.
3.
Structure exceeds three stories in height above grade. (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 3 of
ASCE 7)
4.
The seismic-force resisting system is not a bearing wall system or building frame system, as indicated in Table 12.14-1. (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 4 of ASCE 7)
5.
The structure does not have two or more lines of lateral resistance in
_____________________________ major axis direction(s). (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 5 of
ASCE 7)
6.
7.
Structure has flexible diaphragms with overhangs beyond the outside line of shear walls
or braced frames that do not satisfy a d/5 (Eq. 12.14-1). (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 7 of
ASCE 7)
8.
The building does not have flexible diaphragms, and the distance between the center of
rigidity and the center of mass parallel to _____________________________ axis exceeds 15
percent of the greatest width of the diaphragm parallel to that axis. (Section 12.14.1.1,
item 8 of ASCE 7)
9.
m
i 1
k1i d12i
k1i d12i
m
i 1
m
i 1
k 2 j d 22 j
2.5(0.05
e1 2 m
)b1 k1i
i 1
b1
(Eq.12.14-2A)
k 2 j d 22 j
2.5(0.05
e1 2 m
)b1 k1i
i 1
b1
(Eq.12.14-2B)
88
Note: Equations 12.14-2A and -2B need not be checked where a structure fulfills all the
following limitations:
a.
The arrangement of walls or braced frames is symmetric about each major axis
direction.
b.
The distance between the two most separated lines of walls or braced frames is at
least 90 percent of the dimension of the structure perpendicular to that axis
direction.
c.
The stiffness along each of the lines considered for Item b above is at least 33 percent of the total stiffness in that axis direction.
13. The lateral-load-resistance of story _____________________________ is less than 80 percent of the story above. (Section 12.14.1.1, Item 12 of ASCE 7)
B. Seismic design category (SDC). The seismic design category should be determined in
accordance with Table 11.6-1 of ASCE 7 using the value of SDS from Section 12.14.8.1 of
ASCE 7. (Section 1613.5.6.2, and Section 12.14.1.1 of ASCE 7)
C. Design basis. To use the simplified procedure, the following must be addressed (Section
12.14.2 of ASCE 7):
1.
The structure should include complete lateral and vertical-force-resisting systems with
adequate strength to resist the design seismic forces, specified in this section, in
combination with other loads.
2.
Design seismic forces should be distributed to the various elements of the structure and
their connections using a linear elastic analysis in accordance with the procedures of
Section 12.14.8.
3.
The members of the seismic force-resisting system and their connections should be detailed to conform with the applicable requirements for the selected structural system as
indicated in Section 12.14.4.1.
89
4.
A continuous load path, or paths, with adequate strength and stiffness should be provided to transfer all forces from the point of application to the final point of resistance.
5.
All members of the structure, including those not part of the seismic force-resisting system, should be designed using the seismic load effects of Section 12.14.3, unless
otherwise exempted. (Section 12.14.3 of ASCE 7)
2.
Seismic load effects should include the axial, shear and flexural member forces resulting from horizontal and vertical seismic forces in Section 12.14.3.1. (Section 12.14.3 of
ASCE 7)
3.
Seismic load effect, E, should be determined considering the effects of horizontal (Eh)
and vertical (Ev) seismic forces in accordance with Section 12.14.3.1 of ASCE 7. (Section
12.14.3.1 of ASCE 7)
4.
Seismic load combinations. Where the prescribed seismic load effect, E, defined in
Section 12.14.3.1, is combined with the effects of other loads as set forth in Chapter 2,
the seismic load combinations prescribed in Section 12.14.3.1.3 should be used for
structures not subject to flood or atmospheric ice loads in lieu of the seismic load
combinations in Section 2.3.2 (Strength Design) or Section 2.4.1 (Allowable Stress
Design). (Section 12.14.3.1.3 of ASCE 7)
5.
b.
Collector elements (see Fig. 12.10-1 of ASCE 7), splices, and their connections to
resisting elements (SDC C F) (Section 12.10.2.1 of ASCE 7)
Selection and limitations. The basic lateral and vertical seismic force-resisting system
should conform to one of the types indicated in Table 12.14-1 and the detailing requirements referenced in the table. The appropriate R-value in Table 12.14-1 should be used
in determining the base shear and element design forces.
2.
Special framing and detailing requirements. Special framing and detailing requirements should comply with ASCE 7 Section 12.14.7 and IBC Chapters 19, 21, 22 and 23
based on the seismic design category of the structure. (Section 12.14.4.1 of ASCE 7)
3.
90
Exception: For buildings of light-frame construction or that have flexible diaphragms and that are two stories or less in height, resisting elements are permitted
to be designed using the least value of R of the different seismic force-resisting
systems found in each independent line of framing. The value of R used for design
of diaphragms in such structures should not be greater than the least value for any
of the systems utilized in that same direction. (Section 12.14.4.2.1 of ASCE 7)
F.
b.
c.
Combination framing detailing requirements. The detailing requirements of Section 12.14.7 required by the higher response modification coefficient, R, should be
used for structural components common to systems having different response
modification coefficients. (Section 12.14.4.2.3 of ASCE 7)
Diaphragm.
1.
Diaphragm flexibility. Diaphragms constructed of untopped steel decking, wood structural panels or similar panelized construction are permitted to be considered flexible.
(Section 12.14.5 of ASCE 7)
2. Diaphragms that are not flexible. For structures with diaphragms that are not flexible,
the seismic design story shear, Vx , (kip or kN) should be distributed to the various
vertical elements of the seismic force-resisting system in the story under consideration
based on the relative lateral stiffnesses of the vertical elements and the diaphragm (Section 12.14.8.3.2 of ASCE 7), and include the torsional moment, Mt (kip-ft or KN-m)
resulting from eccentricity between the locations of center of mass and center of rigidity.
(Section 12.14.8.3.2.1 of ASCE 7)
G. Application of loading. The effects of the combination of loads should be considered as
prescribed in Section 12.14.3. The design seismic forces are permitted to be applied
separately in each orthogonal direction, and the combination of effects from the two directions need not be considered. Reversal of load should be considered. (Section 12.14.6 of
ASCE 7)
H. Seismic base shear. (Section 12.14.8.1 of ASCE 7)
1.
The seismic base shear should be computed using Equation 12.14-11 of ASCE 7.
V
2.
FS DS
W
R
(Eq. 12.14-11)
W = effective seismic weight of structure in Eq. 12.14-11 and should include the total
dead load and the following loads:
a.
Storage loads. Total seismic weight should include 25 percent of the floor storage
reduced live load in _____________________________ areas. (Section 12.14.8.1, Item 1
of ASCE 7)
91
I.
b.
Partition loads. Where required by Section 4.2.2 of ASCE 7, total seismic weight
should include the actual partition weight but not less than 10 psf (0.48 kN/m2).
(Section12.14.8.1, Item 2 of ASCE 7)
c.
Permanent equipment. Total seismic weight should include the operating weight
of the following permanent equipment _____________________________. (Section
12.14.8.1, Item 3 of ASCE 7)
d.
Snow load. Where flat roof snow load exceeds 30 psf, total seismic weight should
include 20 percent of the uniform design snow load. (Section 12.14.8.1, Item 4 of
ASCE 7)
Vertical distribution of forces. The forces at level x should be calculated using Equation
12.14-12 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.14.8.2 of ASCE 7)
Fx
J.
WX
V
W
(Eq. 12.14-12)
Horizontal distribution of forces. The seismic design story shear in any story should be
determined using Equation 12.14-13 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.14.8.3 of ASCE 7)
1.
Flexible diaphragm. For structures with flexible diaphragm design, base shear should
be distributed using tributary area rules. Two-dimensional analysis is permitted. (Section 12.14.8.3.1 of ASCE 7)
2.
For structures with diaphragms that are not flexible, the seismic design story shear, Vx ,
(kip or kN) should be distributed to the various vertical elements of the seismic forceresisting system in the story under consideration based on the relative lateral
stiffnesses of the vertical elements and the diaphragm (Section 12.14.8.3.2 of ASCE 7)
and include the torsional moment, Mt (kip-ft or KN-m) resulting from eccentricity between the locations of center of mass and center of rigidity. (Section 12.14.8.3.2.1 of
ASCE 7)
K. Drift limits and building separation. The design story drift should be taken as a minimum
of 1 percent of story height unless justified by computation. (Section 12.14.8.5 of ASCE 7)
L.
Torsion. The design of structures with diaphragms that are not flexible should include the
torsional moment, Mt, (kip-ft or KN-m) resulting from eccentricity between the locations of
center of mass and center of rigidity. (Section 12.14.8.3.2.1 of ASCE 7)
M. Overturning. The structure should be designed to resist overturning effects caused by the
seismic forces determined in Section 12.14.8.2. The foundations of structures should be designed for not less than 75 percent of the foundation overturning design moment, Mf (kip-ft
or kN-m) at the foundation-soil interface. (Section 12.14.8.4 of ASCE 7)
N. Design and detailing requirements. The design and detailing of the components of the
seismic force-resisting system should comply with the requirements of Section 12.14.7.
(Section 12.14.7 of ASCE 7)
92
1.
2.
Connections. (Section 12.14.7.1 of ASCE 7) Connections design should comply with all
of the following:
a.
b.
Connection should be capable of transmitting the seismic force, Fp, induced by the
parts being connected.
c.
Any smaller portion of the structure should be tied to the remainder of the structure with elements having a strength of the higher of 0.20SDS times the weight of
the smaller portion or 5 percent of the portions weight.
d.
Provide a positive connection for resisting a horizontal force acting parallel to each
beam (or girder, or truss), either directly to its supporting elements, or to slabs designed to act as diaphragms.
e.
Openings in shear walls, diaphragms or other plate-type elements should be provided with reinforcement at the edges of the openings or reentrant corners designed
to transfer the stresses into the structure.
b.
The edge reinforcement should extend into the body of the wall or diaphragm a distance sufficient to develop the force in the reinforcement.
3.
4.
5.
6.
a.
b.
In structures, or portions thereof, braced entirely by light-frame shear walls, collector elements, splices and connections to resisting elements should be designed to
resist forces in accordance with Section 12.14.7.4.
Diaphragms. Floor and roof diaphragms should be designed to resist the design seismic
forces at each level, Fx, calculated in accordance with Section 12.14.8.2. (Section
12.14.7.4 of ASCE 7)
a.
Diaphragms should be designed to resist both the shear and bending stresses
resulting from all design forces.
b.
Diaphragms should have ties or struts to distribute the wall anchorage forces into
the diaphragm.
c.
93
provide out-of-plane lateral support for the wall or supported by the wall. (Section
12.14.7.5 of ASCE 7)
a.
For structures with flexible diaphragm. The anchorage should provide a positive
direct connection with strength to resist horizontal forces in equation 12.14-8 in
accordance with Section 12.14.7.5 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.14.7.5 of ASCE 7)
b.
For structures with diaphragm that are not flexible. The anchorage should provide a positive direct connection with strength to resist horizontal forces of Section
13.3.1 of ASCE 7 (using ap=1.0 and Rp = 2.5) (Section 12.14.7.5 of ASCE 7)
c.
d.
7.
e.
Metal deck diaphragms. In metal deck diaphragms, the metal deck should not be
used as the continuous ties required by this section in the direction perpendicular
to the deck span. (Section 12.14.7.5.3 of ASCE 7)
f.
Exterior and interior bearing walls and shear walls and their anchorage should be
designed equal to 0.4SDSI times the weight of the wall, Wc, normal to the surface,
but not less than 10 percent of the weight of the wall. (ASCE 12.14.7.6 of ASCE 7)
94
b.
95
Basic requirements. Seismic design, seismic analysis and design procedures used in
the design of building structures and their components should be as prescribed in
Section 12.1.1 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.1.1 of ASCE 7)
2.
Complete force-resisting systems. The building structure shall include complete lateral and vertical force-resisting systems capable of providing adequate strength,
stiffness and energy dissipation capacity to withstand the design ground motions within
the prescribed limits of deformation and strength demand. (Section 12.1.1 of ASCE 7)
3.
Member design. Internal forces and deformations in the members of the structure
should be determined corresponding to the design seismic forces (Section 12.1.1 of
ASCE 7). Individual members, including those not part of the seismic force-resisting
system, should be provided with adequate strength to resist the shears, axial forces and
moments determined in accordance with Section 12.1.1 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.1.2 of
ASCE 7)
4.
Connection design. Connections should develop the strength of the connected members or the forces indicated in Section 12.1.1 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.1.2 of ASCE 7)
5.
Deformation limit. The deformation of the structure and members should not exceed
the prescribed limits where the structure is subjected to the design seismic forces.
(Section 12.1.2 of ASCE 7)
6.
Continuous load path. A continuous load path, or paths, with adequate strength and
stiffness should be designed and detailed to adequately transfer all forces from their
point of application to the final point of resistance. (Section 12.1.3 of ASCE 7)
7.
Interconnection.
a.
b.
96
Note for Item 7b: This connection force does not apply to the overall design of the seismic force-resisting system. Connection design forces
need not exceed the maximum forces that the structural system can
deliver to the connection. (Section 12.1.3 of ASCE 7)
c.
d.
e.
Connection to supports through a diaphragm. The connection to support required by Section 12.1.4 is through a diaphragm. The members supporting element
should also be connected to the diaphragm. The connection shall have a minimum
design strength of 5 percent of the dead plus live load reaction. (Section 12.1.4 of
ASCE 7)
8.
9.
Horizontal irregularities. The design must consider the effects of horizontal irregularities as prescribed in Table 12.3-1 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.3.2.1 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
c.
d.
Connections of discontinuous elements to the supporting members should be adequate to transmit the forces for which the discontinuous elements were required to
be designed. (Section 12.3.3.3 of ASCE 7)
97
10. Vertical irregularities. The design must consider the effects of vertical irregularities as
prescribed in Table 12.3-2 of ASCE 7. (Section 12.3.2.2 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
Figure 12-1
Vertical irregularity Type 4
Figure 12-2
Horizontal irregularity Type 4
98
c.
Type 5b vertical discontinuity in lateral strength-extreme weak story irregularity exists. Building is over two stories (or 30 ft [9 m] in height); the weak story should be
capable of resisting o times the design seismic force prescribed in Section 12.8.
(Section 12.3.3.2 of ASCE 7)
Note: (EXCEPTIONS to vertical irregularity, Section 12.3.2.2 of ASCE 7):
1 Types 1a, 1b or 2 in Table 12.3-2 do not apply where story drift ratio under design
lateral seismic force is 130 percent of the next story above. Torsional effects need
not be considered in the story drifts for this determination. The top two stories
need not be evaluated for the story drift ratio relationship.
2. Types 1a, 1b and 2 of Table 12.3-2 are not required to be considered for one-story
buildings in any seismic design category or for two-story buildings assigned to
Seismic Design Categories B, C or D.
b.
Diaphragm design. Diaphragm should be designed for both shear and bending
stresses resulting from design forces. (Section 12.10.1 of ASCE 7)
c.
d.
Diaphragm design forces (floor, roof). Diaphragm design forces should be determined in accordance with Section 12.10.1.1 and Equation 12.10-1 of ASCE 7.
(Section 12.10.1.1 of ASCE 7)
e.
f.
Structural walls and their anchorage should be designed for an out-of-plane force
normal to the surface equal to 0.4SDSI times the weight of the wall but not less than
10 percent of the weight of the wall. (Section 12.11.1 of ASCE 7)
99
Note: Structural walls are defined as walls that meet the definition for
bearing walls or shear walls. (Section 11.2 of ASCE 7)
b.
Figure 12-3
Collectors
Figure 12-4
Anchorage of concrete and masonry wall SDC B
100
13. Cantilever column systems. Cantilever column systems as defined in Section 11.2 of
ASCE 7 should be designed in accordance with Section 12.2.5.2 of ASCE 7. (Section
12.2.5.2 of ASCE 7)
14. Inverted pendulum-type structures. Inverted pendulum-type structures as defined in
Section 11.2 of ASCE 7 should be designed in accordance with Section 12.2.5.3 of
ASCE 7. (Section 12.2.5.3 of ASCE 7)
15. Direction of seismic load. The direction of seismic load should be that which will produce the most critical load effect in each component. This requirement can be met if the
design seismic forces are applied independently in each of the two orthogonal directions.
(Section 12.5.2 of ASCE 7)
16. Foundation.
a.
Design and construction of foundation systems should comply with Section 12.13
of ASCE 7. (Section 12.1.5 of ASCE 7)
b.
c.
Foundation for cantilever column systems. Foundation and other elements used
to provide overturning resistance at the base of cantilever column elements should
have the strength to resist the load combinations with overstrength factor of
Section 12.4.3.2. (Section 12.2.5.2 of ASCE 7)
B. Requirements for Seismic Design Category C and higher. (SCD C F) The structures
assigned to SDC C and higher should satisfy the following requirements, in addition to the
requirements for SDC B (Section A of this Checklist.)
1.
2.
b.
101
Figure 12-5
Torsional amplification factor, Ax
Figure 12-6
Anchorage of concrete and masonry walls SDC C and higher
3.
102
4.
b.
Steel elements of structural wall anchorage system. The strength design forces
for steel elements of the structural wall anchorage system, (except anchor bolts and
reinforcing steel) should be increased by 1.4 times the forces otherwise required by
this section. (Section 12.11.2.2.2 of ASCE 7)
c.
d.
Metal deck diaphragms. In metal deck diaphragms, the metal deck should not be
used as the continuous ties required by this section in the direction perpendicular
to the deck span. (Section 12.11.2.2.4 of ASCE 7)
e.
f.
g.
Walls with pilasters. The anchorage force at the pilasters should be calculated
considering the additional load transferred from the wall panels to the pilasters.
103
The minimum anchorage force at a floor or roof should not be reduced. (Section
12.11.2.2.7 of ASCE 7)
Figure 12-7
Example of plan irregularity Type 5
5.
Collector elements requiring load combinations with overstrength factor for Seismic Design Categories C through F. In structures or portions in SDC C or higher, not
entirely braced by light frame shear walls, collector elements (see Fig. 12.10-1 of ASCE
7), splices and their connections to resisting elements should resist the load combinations with overstrength of Section 12.4.3.2. (Section 12.10.2.1 of ASCE 7)
6.
C. Requirements for Seismic Design Category D and higher. (SDC D F) The structures assigned to SDC D and higher should satisfy the following requirements, in addition to the
requirements for SDC B and C (Sections A and B of this Checklist).
1.
Lateral pressures on basement and retaining walls (when applicable) that are due
to earthquake motions. (Section 1802.2.7, Item 1)
b.
104
2.
105
Figure 12-8
Examples of plan irregularities 1 4
b.
Structural irregularity of any type in Tables 12.3-1 and 12.3-2, and structural systems not listed in Table 12.6-1, should be analyzed with either Model Response
Spectrum Analysis in accordance with Section 12.9 of ASCE 7 or Seismic Response
History Procedures in accordance with Chapter 16 of ASCE 7. (Tables 12.3-1, 12.32 and 12.6-1 of ASCE 7)
c.
d.
3.
Redundancy factor. A redundancy factor, , should be assigned to the seismic forceresisting system in each of two orthogonal directions for all structures in accordance
with Section 12.3.4 of ASCE 7.
a.
The value of
is permitted to equal 1.0 in accordance with Section 12.3.4.2 of
ASCE 7, provided one of the following conditions is met:
106
(1) Each story resisting more than 35 percent of the base shear in the direction of
interest complies with Table 12.3-3.
(2) Structures that are regular in plan at all levels, provided that the seismic forceresisting systems consist of at least two bays of seismic force-resisting
perimeter framing on each side of the structure in each orthogonal direction at
each story resisting more than 35 percent of the base shear. The number of
bays for a shear wall shall be calculated as the length of shear wall divided by
the story height, or two times the length of shear wall divided by the story
height for light-framed construction.
b.
c.
4.
The value of is permitted to equal 1.0 for the following in accordance with Section
12.3.4.1 of ASCE 7:
Design of collector elements, splices and their connections for which the load
combinations with overstrength factor of Section 12.4.3.2 are used.
Design of members or connections where the load combinations with overstrength of Section 12.4.3.2 are required for design.
5.
b.
For transfer forces, the redundancy factor, , should be the same as that used for
the structure. (Section 12.10.1.1 of ASCE 7)
c.
6.
Column or wall as part of two or more interacting systems. Any column or wall as
part of two or more intersecting seismic force-resisting systems and subjected to axial
load acting along either principal plan axis equaling or exceeding 20 percent of the axial
design strength of the column or wall should be designed for the most critical load effect
due to application of seismic forces in any direction. Either of the procedures of Section
107
12.5.3 (a) or (b) are permitted to be used to satisfy this requirement. Except as required
by Section 12.7.3, 2-D analyses are permitted for structures with flexible diaphragms.
(12.5.4 of ASCE 7)
D. Requirements for Seismic Design Category E and F. The structures assigned to SDC E
and F should satisfy the following requirements, in addition to the requirements for SDC B,
C and D (Sections A, B and C of this Checklist.)
1.
2.
Plan or vertical irregularities. Structures having the following irregularities are not
permitted (Section 12.3.3.1 of ASCE 7):
a.
b.
Figure 12-9
Vertical irregularity Type 1B
108
Figure 12-10
Vertical irregularity Type 5
109
Scope.
a.
b.
2.
3.
110
Note: The following nonstructural components are exempt from the requirements of this
Chapter. (Section 13.1.4 of ASCE 7)
1. Architectural components with Ip equal to 1.0 in SDC B other than parapets supported
by structural walls.
2. Mechanical and electrical components in SDC B.
3. Mechanical and electrical components in SDC C with Ip equal to 1.0.
4. Mechanical and electrical components in SDC D, E or F with Ip equal to 1.0 and both
of the following apply:
a. Flexible connections between the components and associated ductwork, piping and
conduit are provided, and
b. Components are mounted at 4 ft (1.22 m) or less above a floor level and weigh 400
lb (1780 N) or less.
5. Mechanical and electrical components in SDC D, E or F with Ip equal to 1.0, and both
of the following apply:
a. Flexible connections between the components and associated ductwork, piping and
conduit are provided, and
b. The components weigh 20 lb (89 N) or less or, for distribution systems, weigh 5
lb/ft (73 N/m) or less.
4.
5.
b.
Nonbuilding structures (including storage racks and tanks) that are supported by
other structures should be designed in accordance with Chapter 15. (Section 13.1.5
of ASCE 7)
c.
Where the seismic forces are required to be determined in accordance with Chapter
13 of ASCD 7 and values for Rp are not provided in Table 13.5-1 or 13.6-1, Rp
should be taken as equal to the value of R listed in Section 15 of ASCE 7, and the
value of ap should be determined in accordance with footnote a of Table 13.5-1 or
13.6-1 of ASCE 7. (Section 13.1.5 of ASCE 7)
The design earthquake forces are not to be less than those determined in accordance with Section 13.3.1.
b.
Each components seismic interactions with all other connected components and
with the supporting structure are accounted for in the design.
c.
111
6.
Reference documents using Allowable Stress Design. Design using reference documents using allowable stresses rather than strengths should comply with Section 13.1.7
of ASCE 7.
7.
General design requirements. Architectural, mechanical and electrical (AME) components, supports and attachments should comply with the sections referenced in Table
13.2-1 of ASCE 7. The design must comply with one of the following methods: (Section
13.2.1 of ASCE 7)
Table 13.1 Applicable requirements for architectural, mechanical and electrical components:
supports and attachments
Attachment
Requirements
Section 13.4
Architectural
Component
Requirements
Section 13.5
Mechanical and
Electrical
Component
Requirements
Section 13.5
Nonstructural Element
(i.e., Component, Support,
Attachment)
General Design
Requirements
Section 13.2
Force and
Displacement
Requirements
Section 13.3
a.
b.
8.
Active mechanical and electrical equipment that must remain operable following the
design earthquake should be certified by the supplier as operable based on
approved shake table testing in accordance with Section 13.2.5 or experience data
112
9.
Testing alternative. Seismic qualification (of the AME system or component) by testing
should be based on a nationally recognized testing standard procedure, such as ICC-ES
AC 156. Proposed procedure should be approved by the building official/department.
Test results should indicate seismic capacities equal or exceed the seismic demands
determined in accordance with Sections 13.3.1 and 13.3.2 of ASCE 7. (Section 13.2.5 of
ASCE 7)
10. Experience data alternative. Seismic qualification (of the AME system or component
and their supports and attachments) by experience data should be based on nationally
recognized procedures. The proposed procedures should be acceptable to the building
official/department. Provide evidence to substantiate that seismic capacities equal or
exceed the seismic demands determined in accordance with Sections 13.3.1 and 13.3.2
of ASCE 7. (Section 13.2.6 of ASCE 7)
11. Construction documents. Design of nonstructural components or their supports and
attachments by a registered design professional is required by Table 13.2-1 of ASCE 7.
The design documents shall include sufficient information relating to the supports and
attachments to verify compliance with the requirements of Sections 13.2 and 13.4.
(Sections 13.2.7 and 13.4 of ASCE 7)
12. Parapets. Parapets supported by structural walls should be designed in accordance
with Section 13.3.1 of ASCE 7.
B. Seismic demands on components. The horizontal seismic design force should be applied
at the components center of gravity and distributed relative to the components mass
distribution. (Section 13.3.1 of ASCE 7)
1.
Seismic design force. The horizontal seismic design force, Fp, should be determined in
accordance with Equation 13.3-1. Fp need not exceed 1.6SDSIpWp, nor be less than
0.3SDSIpWp. (Section 13.3.1 of ASCE 7)
2.
Seismic relative displacements. Seismic relative displacements, Dp, should be determined in accordance with the equations in Sections 13.3.2.1 and 13.3.2.2, and the
effects of seismic relative displacements should be considered in combination with
displacements caused by other loads for the design of components. (Section 13.3.2 of
ASCE 7)
3.
113
C. Component anchorage.
1.
Continuous load path. A continuous load path of sufficient strength and stiffness between the component and the supporting structure should be provided. (Section 13.4 of
ASCE 7)
2.
3.
Friction clips. Friction clips are not permitted for anchorage attachment. (Section
13.4.6 of ASCE 7)
4.
5.
a.
1.3 times the force in the component and its supports or connected part due to the
prescribed forces. (Section 13.4.2 of ASCE 7)
b.
The maximum force that can be transferred to the anchor by the component and its
supports. (Section 13.4.2 of ASCE 7)
6.
Eccentricities and prying effects. Determination of forces in attachments should account for the effects of installation including eccentricities and prying effects. (Section
13.4.3 of ASCE 7)
7.
8.
Power actuated fasteners. Power actuated fasteners should not be used for tension
load applications in SDC D, E or F unless specifically approved for such loading.
(Section 13.4.5 of ASCE 7)
114
D. Architectural components. Architectural components, and their supports and attachments, should be designed in accordance with Section 13.5 of ASCE 7 with appropriate
coefficients selected from Table 13.5-1. (Section 13.5 of ASCE 7)
1.
2.
3.
Design of architectural component _____________________________ should consider vertical deflection that is due to joint rotation of cantilever structural members. (Section
13.5.2 of ASCE 7)
4.
5.
a.
The design load for such items equal to 1.4Wp acting down with a simultaneous
horizontal load equal to 1.4Wp. The horizontal load shall be applied in the direction
that results in the most critical loading for design.
b.
c.
The connection to the structure allows a 360 range of motion in the horizontal
plane.
Exterior nonstructural wall elements and connections. Exterior wall elements and
connections should be designed in accordance with Section 13.5.3 of ASCE 7.
a.
Design should accommodate the seismic relative displacement requirements of Section 13.3.2 and movements that are due to temperature changes. (Section 13.5.3 of
ASCE 7)
b.
115
(4) All fasteners in the connecting system such as bolts, inserts, welds and dowels,
and the body of the connectors should be designed for the force (Fp) determined
by Section 13.3.1 with values of Rp and ap taken from Table 13.5-1 applied at
the center of mass of the panel. (Section 13.5.3, Item d of ASCE 7)
(5) Where anchorage is using flat straps embedded in concrete (or masonry), such
straps shall be attached to or hooked around reinforcing steel or otherwise
terminated so as to effectively transfer forces to the reinforcing steel or to
assure that pullout of anchorage is not the initial failure mechanism. (Section
13.5.3, Item e of ASCE 7)
6.
Out-of-plane bending. Transverse or out-of-plane bending or deformation of a component or system that is subjected to forces as determined in Section 13.5.2 should not
exceed the deflection capability of the component or system. (Section 13.5.5 of ASCE 7)
7.
Glass in glazed curtain walls, glazed storefronts and glazed partitions. (Sections
13.5.4 and 13.5.8.2 of ASCE 7)
8.
a.
Glass in glazed curtain walls, glazed storefronts and glazed partitions should be designed and installed in accordance with Section 13.5.9 of ASCE 7. (Sections 13.5.4
and 13.5.8.2 of ASCE 7)
b.
Seismic drift limits for glass components. Determine seismic drift limits for glass
components fallout, the drift causing glass fallout from the curtain wall, storefront
or partition in accordance with AAMA 501.6, or by engineering analysis. (Section
13.5.9.2 of ASCE 7)
Suspended ceilings. Suspended ceilings should meet the requirements of either industry standard construction as specified in Section 13.5.6.2 or integral construction as
specified in Section 13.5.6.3.
The weight of the ceiling, Wp, should include the ceiling grid and panels light fixtures if
attached to, clipped to, or laterally supported by the ceiling grid, and other components
that are laterally supported by the ceiling, andnot be less than 4 psf (19 N/m2).
The seismic force, Fp, shall be transmitted through the ceiling attachments to the building structural elements or the ceiling structure boundary. (Section 13.5.6)
a.
Industry standard construction. Suspended ceilings should be designed in accordance with Section 13.5.6.2 of ASCE 7. (Section 13.5.6.2 of ASCE 7)
(1) SDC C. Suspended ceilings should be designed and installed in accordance
with ASTM C635, ASTM C636 and the CISCA for Seismic Zones 0 2 as modified by Section 13.5.6.2.1 of ASCE 7. (Section 13.5.6.2.1 of ASCE 7)
(2) SDC D F. Suspended ceilings should be designed in accordance with ASTM
C635, ASTM C636 and the CISCA for Seismic Zones 3 4 as modified by
Section 13.5.6.2.2 of ASCE 7. (Section 13.5.6.2.2 of ASCE 7)
b.
Integral construction. Design considers the sprinkler system and ceiling grid tied
together as an integral unit. Such a design should consider the mass and flexibility
of all elements involved, including the ceiling system, sprinkler system, light fixtures and mechanical (HVAC) appurtenances. Such design shall be performed by a
registered design professional. (Section 13.5.6.3 of ASCE 7)
116
9.
Access floors. Access floors should be designed to meet the force requirements of Section 13.5.7.1. (Section 13.5.7 of ASCE 7)
a.
The weight of the access floor, Wp, should include the weight of the floor system,
100 percent of the weight of all equipment fastened to the floor and 25 percent of
the weight of all equipment supported by, but not fastened to the floor. The seismic
force, Fp, should be transmitted from the top surface of the access floor to the
supporting structure. (Section 13.5.7.1 of ASCE 7)
b.
c.
Maximum concurrent axial load should not exceed the portion of Wp assigned to the
pedestal under consideration while checking individual pedestals for overturning
effects. (Section 13.5.7.1 of ASCE 7)
10. Special access floors. Special access floors using a Component Response Modification
Factor Rp of 2.5 should be designed to meet the force requirements of Section 13.5.7.1
and additionally comply with the following in accordance with Section 13.5.7.2: (Section
13.5.7.2 of ASCE 7)
a.
Connections transmitting seismic loads should consist of mechanical fasteners, anchors satisfying the requirements of Appendix D of ACI 318, welding or bearing.
Design load capacities should comply with recognized design codes and/or certified
test results. (Section 13.5.7.2, Item 1 of ASCE 7)
b.
c.
The design analysis of the bracing system should include the destabilizing effects of
individual members buckling in compression. (Section 13.5.7.2, Item 3 of ASCE 7)
d.
e.
Floor stringers that are designed to carry axial seismic loads and that are mechanically fastened to the supporting pedestals should be used. (Section 13.5.7.2, Item 5
of ASCE 7)
11. Partitions. Partitions that are tied to the ceiling and partitions more than 6 feet (1829
mm) in height should be laterally braced to the building structure in accordance with
Section 13.5.8.1.
Such bracing shall be independent of any ceiling splay bracing.
Bracing should be spaced to limit horizontal deflection at the partition head to be
compatible with ceiling deflection requirements as determined in Section 13.5.6 for
suspended ceilings and elsewhere in Chapter 13 of ASCE for other systems. (Section
13.5.8.1 of ASCE 7)
117
EXCEPTION:
Partitions that meet all of the following conditions:
1. The partition height is 9 ft (2,740 mm) or lower.
2. The linear weight of the partition does not exceed the product of 10
lb (0.479 kN) times the height (ft) of the partition.
3. The partition horizontal seismic load does not exceed 5 psf.
E. Mechanical and electrical components. Mechanical and electrical components, and their
supports and attachments, should be designed in accordance with Section 13.6 of ASCE 7.
Appropriate coefficient should be selected from Table 13.6-1. (Section 13.6 of ASCE 7)
1.
2.
3.
Suspended components. Light fixtures, lighted signs and ceiling fans not connected to
ducts or piping, which are supported by chains or otherwise suspended from the structure, that are not designed to satisfy the seismic force and relative displacement
requirements of Section 13.5 must comply with all of the following:
a.
The design load for such items equal to 1.4Wp acting down with a simultaneous
horizontal load equal to 1.4Wp. The horizontal load shall be applied in the direction
that results in the most critical loading for design.
b.
c.
The connection to the structure allows a 360 range of motion in the horizontal
plane. (Section 13.6.1 Exceptions of ASCE 7)
4.
Component period. The fundamental period of the mechanical and electrical component (and its attachment to the building), Tp, should be determined by Equation 13.6-1
or from experimental test data or properly substantiated analysis. (Section 13.6.2 of
ASCE 7)
5.
b.
c.
d.
e.
118
f.
Mechanical components with Ip greater than 1.0 should be designed for the seismic
forces and relative displacements defined in Sections 13.3.1 and 13.3.2 and should
satisfy the following additional requirements:
(1) Eliminate seismic impact for components vulnerable to impact, for components
constructed of nonductile materials, and in cases where material ductility will
be reduced on account of service conditions, e.g., low temperature applications.
(Section 13.6.3, Item 1 of ASCE 7)
(2) Evaluate effects of loads imposed on components by attached utility or service
lines, owing to differential movement of support points on separate structures.
(Section 13.6.3, Item 2 of ASCE 7)
(3) Where piping or HVAC ductwork components are attached to structures that
could displace relative to one another and for isolated structures where such
components cross the isolation interface, the components should be designed
to accommodate the seismic relative displacements defined in Section 13.3.2.
(Section 13.6.3, Item 3 of ASCE 7)
6.
Electrical components. Electrical components with Ip greater than 1.0 should be designed for the seismic forces and relative displacements defined in Sections 13.3.1 and
13.3.2 of ASCE 7 and the following additional requirements: (Section 13.6.4 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
c.
Wrap-around restraints should be used for batteries on racks to secure the batteries on the rack. Spacers should be used between restraints and cells to prevent
damage to cases. Racks should be evaluated for sufficient lateral load capacity.
(Section 13.6.4, Item 3 of ASCE 7)
d.
e.
Electrical control panels, computer equipment and other items with slide-out
components should have a latching mechanism to hold the components in place.
(Section 13.6.4, Item 5 of ASCE 7)
f.
Electrical cabinet design should comply with the applicable National Electrical
Manufacturers Association (NEMA) standards. Cutouts in the lower shear panel not
made by the manufacturer and significantly reducing the strength of the cabinet
should be evaluated. (Section 13.6.4, Item 6 of ASCE 7)
g.
The attachments for additional external items weighing more than 100 lb (445 N)
should be evaluated or provided by the manufacturer. (Section 13.6.4, Item 7 of
ASCE 7)
h.
Conduit, cable trays, or similar electrical distribution components should be designed to accommodate the seismic relative displacements defined in Section 13.3.2
(Section 13.6.4, Item 8 of ASCE 7)
7.
119
Design basis. Component supports should be designed by either load rating, i.e.,
testing, or for the calculated seismic forces. Supports should have the stiffness for
its intended function. (Section 13.6.5.1 of ASCE 7)
b.
c.
d.
e.
120
thickness should be used between the bumper and components to limit the impact load. (Section 13.6.5.5, Item 4 of ASCE 7)
(5) Expansion anchors should not be used for nonvibration isolated mechanical
equipment rated over 10 hp (7.45 kW). (Section 13.6.5.5, Item 5 of ASCE 7)
(Note: Undercut expansion anchors are allowed.)
f.
The supports for electrical distribution components should be designed for the seismic forces and relative displacements defined in Sections 13.3.1 and 13.3.2 of
ASCE 7 (if any of the following conditions apply): (Section 13.6.5.5, Item 6 of ASCE 7)
(1) Ip is equal to 1.5, and conduit diameter is greater than 2.5 in. (64 mm) trade
size. (Section 13.6.5.5, Item 6a of ASCE 7)
(2) Trapeze assemblies supporting conduit, and bus ducts or cable trays where Ip
is equal to 1.5 and the total weight of the bus duct, cable tray or conduit supported by trapeze assemblies exceeds 10 lb/ft (146 N/m). (Section 13.6.5.5,
Item 6b of ASCE 7)
(3) Supports are cantilevered up from the floor. (Section 13.6.5.5, Item 6c of
ASCE 7)
(4) Supports include bracing to limit deflection. (Section 13.6.5.5 , Item 6d of
ASCE 7)
(5) Supports are constructed as rigid welded frames. (Section 13.6.5.5, Item 6e of
ASCE 7)
(6) Attachments into concrete utilize nonexpanding insets, power actuated fasteners or cast iron embedments. (Section 13.6.5.5, Item 6f of ASCE 7)
(7) Attachments utilize spot welds, plug welds or minimum size welds as defined
by AISC. (Section 13.6.5.5, Item 6g of ASCE 7)
8.
g.
For piping, boilers and pressure vessels, attachments to concrete should be suitable for cyclic loads. (Section 13.6.5.5, Item 7 of ASCE 7)
h.
For mechanical equipment, drilled and grouted-in-place anchors for tensile load
applications should use either approved expansive cement or expansive epoxy grout.
(Section 13.6.5.5, Item 8 of ASCE 7)
b.
The effects of possible interruption of utility service on the designated seismic systems in buildings in Occupancy Category IV should be considered. For soil with Site
Class E or F, where the seismic coefficient SDS at the underground utility or at the
base of the structure is equal to or greater than 0.33, details should be provided to
protect underground utilities and utility interfaces between the structure and the
ground. (Section 13.6.6 of ASCE 7)
9.
121
HVAC ductwork.
a.
Required seismic supports. Seismic supports are required for HVAC ducts with
Ip = 1.0, provided either of the following conditions are met for the full length of
each duct run: (Section 13.6.7 of ASCE 7)
(1) HVAC ducts are suspended from hangers that are more than 12 inches (305
mm) in length from the top of the duct to the supporting structure. The hangers should be detailed to avoid significant bending of the hangers and their
attachments.
(2) HVAC ducts have a cross-sectional area of more than 6 square feet (0.557 m2).
b.
HVAC duct systems should be fabricated and installed in accordance with approved
standards. (Section 13.6.7 of ASCE 7)
c.
Components installed in-line with the duct system. Components installed inline with the duct system (e.g., fans, heat exchangers and humidifiers) with an
operating weight greater than 75 pounds (334 N) should be supported and laterally
braced independent of the duct system and should meet the force requirements of
Section 13.3.1. (Section 13.6.7 of ASCE 7)
d.
Appurtenances such as dampers, louvers and diffusers should be positively attached with mechanical fasteners. (Section 13.6.7 of ASCE 7)
e.
10. Piping systems general. All piping systems should be designed and constructed in
accordance with Section 13.6.8 of ASCE 7.
Design of seismic supports for piping systems should be in accordance with one of the
following: (Section 13.6.8 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
For piping systems other than fire protection sprinkler systems. No additional
seismic supports required where:
(1) Piping supported by rod hangers. Hangers in the pipe run should be 12
inches (305 mm) or less in length from the top of the pipe to the supporting
structure; hangers should be detailed to avoid bending of the hangers and their
attachments, and to show piping can accommodate expected deflections. (Section 13.6.8 item 1 of ASCE 7)
(2) High-deformability piping. High-deformability piping should be designed and
constructed to avoid impact with larger piping or mechanical components or to
122
protect the piping in the event of such impact; and the nominal pipe size
should be as follows: (Section 13.6.8 item 2 of ASCE 7)
(a) For SDC C, where Ip is greater than 1.0, the nominal pipe size should be 2
inches (51 mm) max. (Section 13.6.8, Item 2b of ASCE 7)
(b( For SDC D F, where Ip is equal to 1.0, the nominal pipe size should be 3
inches (76 mm) maximum; where Ip is greater than 1.0, the nominal pipe
size should be 1 inch (25 mm) maximum. (Section 13.6.8, Items 2c and 2a
of ASCE 7)
c.
Elevator system piping should comply with Section 13.6.10 of ASCE 7. (Note:
ASME A17.1 amended by Section 13.6.10.1 through 4) (Sections 13.6.8 and 13.6.10
of ASCE 7)
d. ASME pressure piping systems. Pressure piping systems, including their supports,
should be designed and constructed in accordance with ASME B31 using the force
and displacement requirements of Sections 13.3.1 and 13.3.2 of ASCE 7. (Section
13.6.8.1 of ASCE 7)
e.
Other piping systems. Other piping systems should be designed and constructed
in accordance with either ASME B31 or NFPA 13 using the force and displacement
requirements of Sections 13.3.1 and 13.3.2 of ASCE 7, or in accordance with the
requirements of Section 13.6.11 of ASCE 7. (Section 13.6.8.4 of ASCE 7)
11. Fire protection sprinkler systems. (SDC D F) Fire protection sprinkler systems in
SDC D, E or F should be designed and constructed in accordance with the following
requirements: (Section 13.6.8.3 of ASCE 7)
a.
The hangers and sway bracing of fire protection sprinkler systems should satisfy
both of the following requirements: (Section 13.6.8.3 item 1 of ASCE 7)
(1) The hangers and sway bracing are designed and constructed in accordance
with NFPA 13.
(2) The force and displacement requirements are in accordance with Sections
13.3.1 and 13.3.2.
b.
The fire protection sprinkler system piping itself should meet the force and
displacement requirements of Sections 13.3.1 and 13.3.2. (Section 13.6.8.3, Item 2
of ASCE 7)
c.
The design strength of the fire protection sprinkler system piping for seismic loads
in combination with other service loads and appropriate environmental effects
should be based on the following material properties: (Section 13.6.8.3, Item 3 of
ASCE 7)
(1) For piping and components constructed with ductile materials (e.g., steel,
aluminum or copper), 90 percent of the minimum specified yield strength.
(2) For threaded connections in components constructed with ductile materials, 70
percent of the minimum specified yield strength.
(3) For piping and components constructed with nonductile materials (e.g., plastic,
cast iron or ceramics), 10 percent of the material minimum specified tensile
strength.
123
Boilers or pressure vessels should be designed in accordance with ASME BPVC using the force and displacement requirements of Sections 13.3.1 and 13.3.2 of ASCE
7. (Section 13.6.9 of ASCE 7)
b.
Boilers and pressure vessels with Ip = 1.5 must de designed and constructed in
accordance with ASME BPVC using the force and displacement requirements of
Sections 13.3.1 and 13.3.2 of ASCE 7 or comply with the requirements of Section
13.6.11 of ASCE 7. (Section 13.6.9 of ASCE 7)
13. Elevator and escalator design requirements. Design of elevators and escalators
should be in accordance with the seismic requirements of ASME A17.1 as modified in
Sections 13.6.10.1 through 13.6.10.4 of ASCE 7. (Section 13.6.10 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
c.
Retainer plates. Retainer plates are required at the top and bottom of the car and
counterweight. (Section 13.6.10.4 of ASCE 7)
14. Other mechanical and electrical components. Mechanical and electrical components,
including distribution systems (not designed and constructed in accordance with the
reference documents in Chapter 23) should meet the following: (Section 13.6.11 of ASCE
7)
a.
Components, their supports and attachments should comply with the requirements
of Sections 13.4, 13.6.3, 13.6.4 and 13.6.5. (Section 13.6.11, Item 1 of ASCE 7)
124
b.
125
Nonbuilding structures. Nonbuilding structures, including all self-supporting structures that carry gravity loads and that may be required to resist the effects of
earthquake, supported by the earth or by other structures should be designed and detailed to resist the minimum lateral forces specified in Chapter 15 of ASCE 7. (Section
15.1.1 of ASCE 7)
2.
3.
Design should conform to the applicable requirements of other code sections as modified by Chapter 15 of ASCE 7. (Section 15.1.1 of ASCE 7)
4.
Foundation design should comply with the requirements of Sections 12.1.5 and 12.13
of ASCE 7. (Section 15.1.1 of ASCE 7)
126
EXCEPTIONS:
1.
2.
Seismic design of the following structures are exempt from the seismic requirements
of ASCE 7 and should be in accordance with other regulations: (Item 4, Section
11.1.2 of ASCE 7)
Vehicular bridges
Hydraulic structures
Nuclear reactors
Other nonbuilding structures where specific seismic provisions have yet to be developed. (Section 15.1.1 of ASCE 7) (Note: ref. FEMA 450-2 NEHRP Commentary,
Chapter 14.)
2.
Nonbuilding structures that are not similar to buildings. Structural analysis procedure shall be one of the following: (Section 15.1.3 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
C. Reference documents. Reference documents referred to in Chapter 15 are listed in Chapter 23 of ASCE 7 and have seismic requirements based on the same force and displacement
levels used in this standard or have seismic requirements that are specifically modified by
Chapter 15. (Section 15.2 of ASCE 7)
1.
Strength and other design criteria shall be obtained from the seismic requirements of
ASCE 7 or its referenced documents.
2.
3.
Detailing should be in accordance with the reference documents. (Section 15.1.2, Item b
of ASCE 7)
127
< 25% combined weight condition. The weight of the nonbuilding structure is less
than 25 percent of the combined weight. Design seismic forces of the nonbuilding structure should be determined in accordance with Chapter 13 of ASCE 7 where the values
of Rp and ap should be determined in accordance with Section 13.1.5. The supporting
structure should be designed in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 12 or
Section 15.5 of ASCE 7, as appropriate with the weight of the nonbuilding structure
considered in the determination of the effective seismic weight, W. (Section 15.3.1 of
ASCE 7)
2.
25% combined weight condition. The weight of the nonbuilding structure is equal
to or greater than 25 percent of the combined weight. Analysis should combine the
structural characteristics of both the nonbuilding structure and the supporting
structures to determine the seismic design forces in accordance with Section 15.3.2 of
ASCE 7 as follows: (Section 15.3.2 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
128
2.
b.
c.
Seismic coefficients not specified. Where neither Table 15.4-1 nor Table 15.4-2
of ASCE 7 contains an appropriate entry, applicable strength and other design
criteria should be obtained from a reference document that is applicable to the
specific type of nonbuilding structure. Design and detailing requirements should
comply with the reference document. (Section 15.4.1, Item 1c of ASCE 7)
3.
Seismic response coefficient (Cs). For nonbuilding systems that have an R-value provided in Table 15.4-2 of ASCE 7, the seismic response coefficient (Cs) should be
determined in accordance with Section 15.4.1, Item 2 of ASCE 7. (Section 15.4.1, Item 2
of ASCE 7)
4.
Importance factor. The importance factor, I , and occupancy category for nonbuilding
structures are based on the relative hazard of the contents and the function. The value
of I should be the largest value determined by the following: (Section 15.4.1.1 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
129
c.
5.
6.
Vertical distribution of the lateral seismic forces. The vertical distribution of the lateral seismic forces in nonbuilding structures covered by Chapter 15 of ASCE 7 should
be determined by one of the following: (Section 15.4.1, Item 4 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
c.
Tanks and vessels. For nonbuilding structural systems containing liquids, gases and
granular solids supported at the base as defined in Section 15.7.1 of ASCE 7, Tanks
and Vessels, the minimum seismic design force should not be less than that required by
the reference document for the specific system. (Section 15.4.1, Item 5 of ASCE 7)
The seismic ground accelerations and seismic coefficients are consistent with the
requirements of Section 11.4 of ASCE 7.
b.
The values for total lateral force and total base overturning moment used in design
are not less than 80 percent of the base shear value and overturning moment, each
adjusted for the effects of soil-structure interaction using ASCE 7.
8.
Reduction of base shear. The base shear reduced in accordance with Section 19.2.1 of
ASCE 7 to account for the effects of soil-structure interaction should not be less than
0.7V. (Section 15.4.1, Item 7 of ASCE 7)
9.
Load combinations. Effects on the nonbuilding structure that are due to gravity loads
and seismic forces should be combined in accordance with the factored load combinations in Section 2.3 of ASCE 7 unless otherwise noted in Chapter 15 of ASCE 7.
(Section 15.4.1, Item 8 of ASCE 7)
10. Seismic load effect with overstrength factor. Chapter 15 of ASCE 7 requires the design seismic force for _____________________________ (nonbuilding structures) should be
amplified by the overstrength factor as defined in Section 12.4.3 of ASCE 7. (Section
15.4.1, Item 9 of ASCE 7)
F.
Rigid nonbuilding structures. The following rigid nonbuilding structures (those with period, T, less than 0.06 seconds) and their anchorages should be designed in accordance
with Equation 15.4-5 and distributed with height in accordance with Section 12.8.3 of
ASCE 7. (Section 15.4.2 of ASCE 7)
________________________________
________________________________
G. Loads. The seismic effective weight W for nonbuilding structures shall include all dead load
as defined for structures in Section 12.7.2. For purposes of calculating design seismic forces
in nonbuilding structures, W also shall include all normal operating contents for items such
130
as tanks, vessels, bins, hoppers and the contents of piping. W shall include snow and ice
loads where these loads constitute 25 percent or more of W or where required by the building official based on local environmental characteristics. (Section 15.4.3 of ASCE 7)
H. Fundamental period. The fundamental period T of the nonbuilding structure should be
determined by either of the following: (Section 15.4.4 of ASCE 7)
a.
b.
Compute using Equation 15.4-6 of ASCE 7. The values of fi represent any lateral force
distribution in accordance with the principles of structural mechanics. The elastic
deflections, i , should be calculated using the applied lateral forces, fi .
(Note: Equations 12.8-7, 12.8-8, 12.8-9 and 12.8-10 of ASCE 7 should not be used for
determining the period of a nonbuilding structure.) (Section 15.4.4 of ASCE 7.)
I.
Drift limitations. Provide rational analysis to indicate how drift limitations of Section
12.12.1 of ASCE 7 can be exceeded without adversely affecting structural stability or attached or interconnected components and elements such as _____________________________
and piping. P-delta effects shall be considered. (Section 15.4.5 of ASCE 7)
J.
Deflection limits and structure separation. Deflection limits and structure separation
shall be determined in accordance with ASCE 7 unless specifically amended in Chapter 15.
(Section 15.4.7 of ASCE 7)
2.
3.
4.
5.
131
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
N. Tanks and vessels. Section 15.7 of ASCE 7 applies to all tanks, vessels, bins and silos, and
similar containers storing liquids, gases and granular solids supported at the base, using
reinforced concrete, prestressed concrete, steel, aluminum or fiber-reinforced plastic
materials. (Section 15.7.1 of ASCE 7)
Tanks and vessels supported at the base, as well as their attachments and anchorage,
should be designed in accordance with Sections 15.7.2-5 of ASCE and the following sections:
1.
2.
Water Storage and Water Treatment Tanks and Vessels (Section 15.7.7 of ASCE 7)
3.
Petrochemical and Industrial Tanks and Vessels Storing Liquids (Section 15.7.8 of
ASCE 7)
4.
5.
Elevated Tanks and Vessels for Liquids and Granular Materials (Section 15.7.10 of
ASCE 7)
6.
7.
8.
Refrigerated Gas Liquid Storage Tanks and Vessels (Section 15.7.13 of ASCE 7)
9.
Horizontal, Saddle Supported Vessels for Liquid or Vapor Storage (Section 15.7.14 of
ASCE 7)
132
1.
Inverted pendulum type structures (except elevated tanks, vessels, bins and hoppers)
meeting the definition of Section 11.2 of ASCE 7 should be designed in accordance with
Section 15.4.1, Item 1b using the Seismic Coefficients and Factors of Table 15.4-2 of
ASCE 7. (Section 15.4.1, Item 1b and Table 15.4-2 of ASCE 7)
2.
133
Steel OMF and OCBF. (SDC D F) Steel OMFs and OCBFs with heights exceeding
limits in Table 12.2-1 of ASCE 7 are permitted up to 160 feet if:
a.
RI is 1.0, and
b.
B. Structures with damping system. Every structure with a damping system and every portion thereof should be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of
Chapter 18 of ASCE 7. (Section 1613.1)
134
Chapter 15: Seismically Isolated Structures and Structures with Damping Systems
135
Required soils report. A foundation and soils investigation report should be submitted
in accordance with Section 1802.2 because of one or more of the following conditions:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
Foundation and soils investigation required for SDC C F (SDC C F). Soils
investigation is required and should include evaluation of the following potential
hazards resulting from earthquake motions: slope instability, liquefaction and surface
rupture that are due to faulting or lateral spreading in accordance with Section
1802.2.6. (Section 1802.2.6 or Section 11.8.2 of ASCE 7)
3.
Additional soils investigation requirements for SDC D, E and F (SDC D F). Soils
investigation is required and should include evaluation of the following potential
hazards resulting from earthquake motions:
a.
Lateral pressures on basement and retaining walls (when applicable) that are due
to earthquake motions. (Section 1802.2.7, Item 1, or Section 11.8.2 of ASCE 7)
b.
Assessment of potential consequences of any liquefaction and soil strength loss for
site peak ground acceleration magnitudes and source characteristics consistent
with the design earthquake ground motions. Mitigation measures should consider
the design of the structure including ground stabilization, selection of appropriate
136
Note 2: Exception to Section 1802.2.7: A site-specific study need not be performed, provided that peak ground acceleration equal to S DS/2.5 is used, where
SDS is determined in accordance with Section 21.2.1 of ASCE 7. (Section
1802.2.7)
c.
4.
Soil information on construction documents. The soil classification and designbearing capacity should be shown on the construction documents. (Section 1802.6)
5.
Reports. A written report of the soils investigation should be submitted, including the
following information: (Section 1802.6)
a.
A plot showing the location of test borings and/or excavations. (Section 1802.6,
Item 1)
b.
c.
d.
e.
Recommendations for foundation type and design criteria, including bearing capacity of natural or compacted soil; provisions to mitigate the effects of expansive soils;
mitigation of the effects of liquefaction, differential settlement and varying soil
strength; and the effects of adjacent loads. (Section 1802.6, Item 5)
f.
g.
Pile and pier foundation information in accordance with Section 1808.2.2. (Section
1802.6, Item 7)
h.
137
i.
Compacted fill material properties and testing in accordance with Section 1803.5.
(Section 1802.6, Item 9)
Slope. Plans should indicate that the ground immediately adjacent to the foundation sloped away from the building at an angle of not less than 1 unit vertical in 20
units horizontal (5 percent slope) for a minimum distance of 10 feet measured
perpendicular to the face of the wall. (Section 1803.3).
b.
Note: Where climatic or soil conditions warrant, the slope of the ground away
from the building foundation may be reduced to not less than one unit vertical in
48 units horizontal (2 percent). (Section 1803.3)
c.
Swales. Swales for draining and diverting water away from the building should be
sloped a minimum of one unit vertical in 48 units horizontal (2 percent) within 10
feet (3048 mm) of the building foundation. (Section 1803.3)
d.
Impervious surfaces. Impervious surfaces within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the building
foundation shall be sloped a minimum of one unit vertical in 48 units horizontal (2
percent) away from the building. (Section 1803.3)
e.
Settlement of backfill. The procedure used to establish the final ground level adjacent to the foundation should consider effects of additional settlement of the
backfill. (Section 1803.3)
2.
Flood hazard areas. Buildings located in the flood hazard areas designated by the
FEMA Flood Hazard Map must conform to the requirements of Section 1803.4. (Section
1803.4)
3.
Compacted fill. Compacted fill used to support footings should be specified in an approved report in accordance with Section 1803.5. (Section 1803.5)
4.
138
Note: When using the alternate load combinations in Section 1605.3.2 that include wind or earthquake loads, an increase of 1/3 is permitted for load-bearing
values provided in Table 1804.2. (Table 1804.2, Footnote d)
1.
Lateral sliding resistance. Lateral sliding resistance for clay, sandy clay, silty clay and
clayey silt should not exceed one-half the dead load. (Section 1804.3)
Note 1: The lateral resistance values derived from the table may be increased
by the tabular value for each additional foot (305 mm) of depth to a maximum of
15x the tabular value. (Section 1804.3.1 and Table 1804.2)
Note 2: Isolated poles for uses such as flagpoles or signs and poles used to support buildings that are not adversely affected by a 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) motion at
the ground surface due to short-term lateral loads may be designed using
lateral-bearing values equal to 2x the tabular values. (Section 1804.3.1 and
Table 1804.2)
Top surface of footings. The top surface of footings should be level. (Section 1805.1)
2.
Required stepped footings. Where the surface of the ground slopes more than 10 percent, foundations should be stepped. (Section 1805.1)
3.
Minimum depth of footings. The minimum depth of footings below the undisturbed
ground surface should be shown on the plans to be 12 inches (305 mm). (See Figure
16-1.) (Section 1805.2)
4.
Footings and frost line. Footings should be shown on the plans to extend below the
frost line. (Frost depth = _________ inches) (See Figure 16-2.) (Section 1805.2.1) (Note:
exceptions for small building may apply in accordance with Section 1805.2.1.)
5.
6.
Shifting or moving soils. When subsoils are shallow and of a shifting or moving
character, footings should be carried to a minimum depth of _______ ft below existing
grade to ensure stability. (Section 1805.2.3)
7.
8.
Width of footings. The minimum width of footings should be 12 inches (305 mm). (See
Figure 16.1.) (Section 1805.4.1)
139
Figure 16-1
Minimum footing dimensions
(Sections 1805.2, 1805.4 and Table 1805.4.2)
140
Figure 16-2
Footing below the frost line
(Section 1805.2.1)
Figure 16-3
Isolated footing (Section 1805.2.2)
141
9.
Design loads.
a.
Footings should be designed for the most unfavorable effects caused by the
combinations of loads specified in Sections 1605.2 or 1605.3. (Section 1805.4.1.1)
Note 1: The dead load is permitted to include the weight of foundations, footings
and overlying fill. (Section 1805.4.1.1)
Note 2: Reduced live loads, as specified in Sections 1607.9 and 1607.11, are
permitted to be used in the design of footings. (Section 1805.4.1.1)
b.
Vibratory loads that are due to machinery operations should be considered in the
design. (Section 1805.4.1.2)
10. Concrete footing strength. Concrete in footings should have a specified compressive
strength f c , of not less than 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa). (Section 1805.4.2.1)
a.
11. Footing seismic ties (SDC D F). Individual spread footings for SDC D, E or F structures on Site Class E or F soil should be interconnected by ties in accordance with
Section 1805.4.2.2. (Section 1805.4.2.2)
12. Plain concrete footings. For plain concrete footings supporting other than light-frame
construction, the edge thickness should not be less than 8 inches (203 mm) for footings
on soil. (Section 1805.4.2.3)
Note 1: For plain concrete footings supporting other than light-frame construction of Group R-3 occupancies, the edge thickness is permitted to be 6 inches,
provided the footing does not extend beyond a distance greater than the thickness of the footing on either side of the supported wall. (Section 1805.4.2.3,
Exception)
Note 2: For plain concrete footings supporting light-frame construction of Group
R-3 occupancies, the edge thickness is permitted to be 6 inches (Table 1805.4.2,
Footnote g)
13. Depth of masonry-unit footings. The depth of masonry-unit footings should not be
less than twice the projection beyond the wall, pier or column. (See Figure 16-4.)
(Section 1805.4.3.1)
142
Figure 16-4
Minimum masonry-unit footing dimensions
(Section 1805.4.3.1)
14. Width of masonry-unit footings. The width of masonry-unit footings should be at least
8 inches (203 mm) wider than the wall supported thereon. See Figure 16.4. (Section
1805.4.3.1)
15. Steel grillage footings. Steel grillage footings should comply with the requirements of
Section 1805.4.4.
16. Timber footings. Timber footings should comply with the requirements of Section
1805.4.5.
17. Wood foundations. Wood foundations should be treated and identified in accordance
with the requirements of AF&PA Technical Report No.7 and Section 1805.4.6. (Section
1805.4.6.)
18. Foundation (basement) walls
a.
b.
Walls up to 10 feet in height. Concrete and masonry foundation walls meeting the
requirements in Tables 1805.5 (1) through (5) and which are 10 feet or lower in
height should be designed in accordance with Sections 1805.5.1 through 1805.5.5.
(Section 1805.5 and Tables 1805.5 (1) (5))
c.
Limitations of Tables 1805.5 (1) through (5). To use Tables 1805.5(1) through
1805.5(5), the following should be specified on the plans in accordance with Sections 1805.5.1 through 1805.5.5.
143
(1) Minimum thickness should comply with Section 1805.5.1. (Section 1805.5.1)
(2) Vertical reinforcement should have a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi
(414 MPa) or in accordance with Section 1805.5.2.1, Item 1.
(3) Concrete should have a specified compressive strength of at least 2,500 psi
(17.2 MPa) at 28 days. (Section 1805.5.2.1, Item 5)
(4) Grout should be in accordance with Table 2103.12 or ASTM C476. (Section
1805.5.2.2, Item 3 and Section 2103.12)
(5) Hollow masonry units should be installed with Type M or Type S mortar in
accordance with Section 2103.8. (Section 1805.5.2.2, Item 6)
(6) For concrete foundation wall with window and door openings, provide minimum two #5 bars around openings and extend minimum 24 inches beyond the
corners of the openings. (Section 1805.5.1, Item 1)
(7) Seismic requirements for concrete foundation walls. (SDC C F) To use Tables 1805.5(5) in SDC C through F, concrete foundation walls are limited to the
requirements of Sections 1805.5.5.1 and 1908.1.15 ACI 318 Section 22.10.1,
Item (a). (Section 1805.5.5.1)
(8) Seismic requirements for masonry foundation walls. (SDC C F) To use
Tables 1805.5(1) through (4) in SDC C through F, masonry foundation walls
are limited to the requirements of Section 1805.5.5.2, Items (2) through (4) and
Sections 2106.4, 2106.5 and 2106.6 for SDC C, D and E F, respectively.
(Section 1805.5.5.2)
d.
In SDC A C, pier and curtain wall foundation construction should be in accordance with the requirements of Section 1805.5.7. (Section 1805.5.7) (See Figure 165.)
b.
Pier and curtain wall foundations are not permitted in SDC D or higher.
20. Designs employing lateral bearing (for embedded posts and poles.) Designs for
embedded posts and poles should be in accordance with Section 1805.7.
21. Designs for expansive soils. Designs for expansive soils should be in accordance with
Section 1805.8.
144
Expansive soils defined (Section 1802.3.2): Soils meeting all four of the following provisions shall be considered expansive, except that tests to show
compliance with Items 1, 2 and 3 shall not be required if the test prescribed in
Item 4 is conducted:
1.
2.
More than 10 percent of the soil particles pass a No. 200 sieve (75
determined in accordance with ASTM D 422.
3.
More than 10 percent of the soil particles are less than 5 micrometers in
size, determined in accordance with ASTM D 422.
4.
m),
145
Figure 16-5
Masonry pier and curtain wall
146
a.
22. Plain concrete isolated footings supporting pedestals or columns (SDC C F). The
projection of isolated footings beyond the face of the supporting member should not
exceed the footing thickness. (Section 1908.1.15 ACI 318, Section 22.10.1 (b))
23. Plain concrete footings supporting walls. (SDC C F) Plain concrete footings
supporting walls should have reinforcement in accordance with Section 1908.1.15 ACI
318, Section 22.10.1 (c).
E. Retaining walls. Retaining walls shall be designed to ensure stability against excessive
foundation pressure and water uplift, and for a safety factor of 1.5 against lateral sliding
and overturning. (Section 1806.1)
F.
Dampproofing and waterproofing. Walls or portions thereof that retain earth and enclose
interior spaces and floors below grade should be waterproofed and dampproofed in accordance with Section 1807. Ventilation for crawl spaces should comply with Section 1203.4.
(Section 1807.1)
1.
Foundation investigation for piers and piles. The foundation investigation report
should specifically address the following issues in accordance with Section 1808.2.2:
a.
Recommended pier or pile types and installed capacities (Section 1808.2.2, Item 1)
147
b.
c.
d.
e.
Field inspection and reporting procedures (to include procedures for verification of
the installed bearing capacity where required) (Item 5)
f.
Pier or pile
(Item 6)
Figure 16-6
Pile cap requirement
(Section 1808.2.4)
g.
h.
i.
2.
Pile cap requirements. Pile caps should be of reinforced concrete. The tops of piles
should be embedded at least 3 inches (76 mm) into pile caps, and the caps should extend at least 4 inches (102 mm) beyond the edges of piles. (See Figure 16-6.) (Section
1808.2.4)
3.
Lateral stability for piers and piles. Piers or piles should be braced to provide lateral
stability in all directions in accordance with Section 1808.2.5.
4.
Splices. Splices in piers or piles should comply with the requirements of Section
1808.2.7.
5.
Allowable loads on pier or piles. The allowable loads on piers or piles should comply
with the requirements of Section 1808.2.8.
6.
Interconnection of pile caps, piers and piles (SDC C F). Individual pile caps, piers
or piles should be interconnected by ties in accordance with Section 1808.2.23.1.1 for
SDC C, or Section 1808.2.23.2.2 for SDC D F.
148
7.
Flexural strengths (SDC D F). Flexural strengths of the grade beam or pile cap
should be greater than that of columns that are the vertical lateral-force-resisting
elements.
The connection between batter piles and grade beams or pile caps should be designed
to resist the nominal strength of the pile acting as a short column. Batter piles and
their connection should be capable of resisting system overstrength forces and moments from the load combinations of Section 1605.4. (Section 1808.2.23.2.3)
Timber piles. Timber piles should be designed in accordance with the AFPA NDS, and
compliance with Section 1809.1 should be demonstrated. (Section 1809.1)
2.
Precast concrete piles. (Section 1809.2) The following requirements for precast concrete piles should be met:
3.
a.
b.
Precast nonprestressed piles. (Section 1809.2.2) The following requirements for precast nonprestressed concrete piles should be met:
a.
b.
c.
d.
149
Figure 16-7
Reinforcement for precast concrete piles
SDC A B
Figure 16-8
Seismic reinforcement for precast nonprestressed piles
SDC C
150
Figure 16-9
Seismic reinforcement for precast nonprestressed piles
4.
SDC D F
e.
Allowable stresses. The allowable compressive stress in the concrete should not
exceed 0.33 f c . The allowable compressive stress in the reinforcing steel should not
exceed 0.4fy or a maximum of 30,000 psi (207 MPa). The allowable tensile stress in
the reinforcing steel should not exceed 0.5fy or a maximum of 24,000 psi (165 MPa).
(Section 1809.2.2.3)
f.
Precast prestressed piles. (Section 1809.2.3) The following requirements for precast
prestressed concrete piles should be met:
a.
Materials. Prestressing steel should conform to ASTM A 416. Concrete should have
a specified compressive strength, f c , of not less than 5,000 psi (34.48 MPa).
(Section 1809.2.3.1)
b.
c.
d.
e.
Allowable stresses. The maximum allowable design compressive stress, f c , in concrete should be determined using Equation 18-10. (Section 1809.2.3.3)
f.
5.
I.
151
Concrete cover. Prestressing steel and pile reinforcement should have a concrete
cover of not less than 11/4 inches (32 mm) for square piles of 12 inches (305 mm) or
smaller, and 11/2 inches (38 mm) for larger piles. For piles exposed to sea water,
the minimum protective concrete cover should be 21/2 inches (64 mm). (Section
1809.2.3.5)
Structural steel piles. Structural steel piles should meet the requirements of Section
1809.3.
a.
Materials. Plan should indicate structural steel piles conform to ASTM A36, A252,
A283, A572, A588, A690, A913 or A992. (Section 1809.3.1)
b.
Allowable stresses. The allowable axial stresses should not exceed 0.35 Fy or 0.5
Fy if justified in accordance with Section 1808.2.10. (Section 1808.3.2)
c.
H-pile dimensions. The dimensional requirements of Section 1809.3.3 for steel Hpiles should be met. (Section 1809.3.3)
d.
Steel pipe piles. The dimensional requirements of Section 1809.3.4 for steel pipe
piles should be met. (Section 1809.3.4)
2.
152
Figure 16-10
Seismic reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete piles
(Section 1809.1.2.1)
SDC C
Note: Flexural length is the length of the pile to a point where the concrete section cracking moment strength multiplied by 0.4 exceeds the required moment strength at that
point. (Section 1810.1.2.2)
153
Figure 16-11
Seismic reinforcement for cast-in-place piles
3.
SDC D F
Enlarged base cast-in-place concrete piles. Enlarged base cast-in-place concrete piles
should conform to the requirements of Section 1810.2.
Enlarged base cast-in-place concrete piles: Enlarged base piles are cast-inplace concrete piles constructed with a base that is larger than the diameter of
the remainder of the pile. The enlarged base is designed to increase the loadbearing area of the pile in end bearing.
(Section 1808.1)
4.
154
5.
6.
7.
Concrete-filled steel pipe and tube piles. Concrete-filled steel pipe and tube piles
should be shown to conform to the requirements of Section 1810.6.
Concrete-filled steel pipe and tube piles: Concrete filled steel pipe and tube
piles are constructed by driving a steel pipe or tube section into the soil and filling the pipe or tube section with concrete. The steel pipe or tube section is left in
place during and after the deposition of the concrete.
(Section 1808.1)
8.
Concrete caisson piles. Caisson piles should be shown to conform to the requirements
of Section 1810.7.
Concrete caisson piles: Caisson piles are cast-in-place concrete piles extending
into bedrock. The upper portion of a caisson pile consists of a cased pile that extends to the bedrock. The lower portion of the caisson pile consists of an uncased
socket drilled into the bedrock.
(Section 1808.1)
9.
J.
General. Composite piles (piles consisting of two or more pile types) should be shown to
conform to the requirements of Sections 1811.2 through 1811.5. (Section 1811.1)
155
K. Pier foundations.
1.
Minimum dimensions for isolated piers. The minimum dimension of isolated piers
used as foundations should be 2 feet (610 mm), and the length should not exceed 12
times the least horizontal dimension. (See Figure 16-12.) (Section 1812.2)
2.
Figure 16-12
Minimum dimensions for isolated piers
(Section 1811.2)
156
157
17. Concrete
Applicable standards:
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-05)
National Design Specifications (NDS) for Wood Construction (AF&PA NDS-05)
Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (ACI 31805) and Commentary (ACI
318R05)
Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel (AWS D1.4-05)
Guide to Shotcrete (ACI 506-05)
Standard Specification for Highway Bridges (AASHTO)
A. Construction documents. The construction documents should specify the following in
accordance with Section 1901.4:
Note: This list is in addition to the structural design information required by Section 1603, and additional requirements of Section 106. The list is not allinclusive and may be expanded at the discretion of the building official.
1.
2.
3.
Reinforcement size and location. The size and location of structural elements,
reinforcement and anchors.
4.
5.
Anchorage and lap splices. Anchorage length of reinforcement and location and length
of lap splices.
6.
Mechanical and welded splices. Type and location of mechanical and welded splices of
reinforcement.
7.
Contraction and isolated joints. Details and location of contraction or isolation joints
specified for plain concrete.
8.
Post-tensioned concrete. Minimum concrete compressive strength at time of posttensioning and stressing sequence for post-tensioned tendons.
9.
158
2.
3.
4.
Freezing and thawing exposures. Concrete that will be exposed to freezing and thawing or deicing chemicals should be air-entrained with air content indicated in Table
4.2.1 of ACI 318.
5.
6.
7.
Corrosion protection. Maximum chloride ion content for corrosion protection should
conform to ACI 318 Table 4.4.1.
8.
C. Reinforcement requirements.
1.
Hooks.
a. Standard hooks. The construction documents should detail minimum bend diameter and extensions of standard hooks in accordance with Section 7.1 of ACI 318
and as illustrated in Figure 17-1. (Section 1907.1)
159
Figure 17-1
Standard hook details
2.
Spacing limits.
Note: Maximum aggregate size should not be larger than 3/4 the minimum clear
spacing between individual reinforcing bars or wires, bundles of bars, individual tendons, bundled tendons or ducts. (ACI 318 Section 3.3.2 [c]).
a.
Parallel bars in a layer. The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a
layer should be db, but not less than 1 inch (25 mm). (Section 7.6 of ACI 318) The
minimum spacing limitations of Section 7.6.1 through 7.6.4 of ACI 318 are
illustrated in Figure 17-2. (Section 1907.6)
160
Figure 17-2
Minimum clear distances between bars, bundles or tendons
b.
Flexural reinforcement in walls and slabs. In walls and slabs other than concrete
joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement should not be spaced farther
apart than three times the wall or slab thickness, or 18 inches (457 mm). (Section
1907.6 and ACI 318 Section 7.6.5)
c.
d.
e.
When
shear
force
carried
by
stirrups,
Vs,
exceeds
4 f c bw d
[For
161
Concrete Exposure
4.
b.
Minimum size of spirals. For cast-in-place construction, the size of spirals should
not be less than 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) diameter. (Section 1907.10 and ACI 318 Section
7.10.4.2)
c.
Clear spacing between spirals. Clear spacing between spirals should not exceed 3
inches (76 mm) or be less than 1 inch (25 mm). (Section 1907.10 and ACI 318
Section 7.10.4.3)
d.
Splices. Splices in spiral reinforcement should be lap splices of 48db (72db for plain
uncoated bar or wire and epoxy-coated deformed bar or wire) but not less than 12
inches (305 mm), or should be full mechanical or welded splices. (Section 1907.10
and ACI 318 Section 7.10.4.5)
162
Figure 17-3
Sketch to clarity measurements between laterally supported column bars
5.
e.
Extent of spirals. Column spirals should extend into supported members as required by ACI 318, Sections 7.10.4.6, 7.10.4.7 and 7.10.4.8. (Section 1907.10)
f.
Minimum size of ties. Ties should be at least No. 3 in size for longitudinal bars No.
10 or smaller, and at least No. 4 in size for larger or bundled longitudinal bars.
(Section 1907.10 and ACI 318 Section 7.10.5.1).
g.
Spacing of ties. Vertical spacing of ties should not exceed 16 longitudinal bar
diameters, 48 tie bar or wire diameters, or least dimension of the compression
member. (ACI 318 Section 7.10.5.2). (Section 1907.10 and Section 1910.5.2)
h.
Arrangement of ties. Ties should be so arranged that every corner and alternate
longitudinal bar has lateral support provided by the corner of a tie with an included
angle of not more than 135 degrees, and a bar should not be more than 6 inches
(152 mm) clear on each side along the tie from such a laterally supported bar. (Section 1907.10 and ACI 318 Section 7.10.5.3) (See Figure 17-3.)
i.
Extent of ties. Ties should extend over the compression member as required by
ACI 318 Sections 7.10.5.4 and 7.10.5.5. (Section 1907.10)
6.
163
(1) Deformed reinforcement. The area of the deformed reinforcement should not
be less than that set forth in Section 7.12.2.1 of ACI 318. The reinforcement
should not be spaced more than five times the slab thickness or 18 inches (457
mm). (Section 7.12.2.2 of ACI 318) The reinforcement should be developed in
accordance with Chapter 12 of ACI 318.
(2) Prestressing tendons. Prestressing tendons used for shrinkage and temperature reinforcement should be in accordance with Section 7.12.3 of ACI 318.
7.
8.
Requirements for structural integrity cast-in-place construction. The structural integrity requirements of Sections 7.13.2.1, 7.13.2.2 and 7.13.2.3 of ACI 318,
as illustrated in Figure 17-4, apply to cast-in-place concrete construction. Section
13.3.8.5 of ACI 318 applies to two-way slab construction. (Sections 7.13.2.1
through 7.13.2.4 of ACI 318)
b.
Development of deformed bars and wire in tension. The development length, ld,
for deformed bars and wire in tension should be computed by either Section 12.2.2
or 12.2.3, and Modification Factors for excess reinforcement in accordance with
Section 12.2.5 of ACI 318 but not less than 12 inches (305 mm). The basic
simplified development lengths (units = inches) set forth in ACI 318 Section 12.2.2
for Grade 60 bars in Normal Weight Concrete are listed as follows. Factors t , e,
need to be multiplied to the table values.
s and
164
and
f c psi
3,000
44db
55db
4,000
38db
47db
5,000
34db
42db
6,000
31db
39db
8,000
27db
34db
10,000
24db
30db
3,000
66db
82db
4,000
57db
71db
5,000
51db
64db
6,000
46db
58db
8,000
40db
50db
10,000
36db
45db
= coating factor
= 1.5 for epoxy-coated bars or wires with cover less than 3 db or
clear spacing than 6 db
= 1.2 for all other epoxy-coated bars or wires
= 1.0 for uncoated reinforcement
The product of
s
and
165
Figure 17-4
requirements for structural integrity for cast-in-place construction
b.
c.
166
ment length of Section 12.5.2 and the applicable modification factors of Section
12.5.3 of ACI 318. (Section 12.5.1 of ACI 318) The basic hook development lengths
(units = inches) set forth in Section 12.5.2 of ACI 318 for Grade 60 bars are as
follows:
Basic hook development length ldh for Grade 60 uncoated bars in normal weight concrete
based on Section 12.2.4 (Factors t , e , s and need to be multiplied to the table values)
(Normal Weight Concrete), PSI
fc
Bar Size
3,000
4,000
5,000
(3)
for epoxy-coated reinforcement (Sections 12.2.4 (b) and 12.5.2 of ACI 318)
(4)
for bar size effect (Sections 12.2.4 (c) and 12.5.2 of ACI 318)
(5)
for lightweight aggregate concrete (Sections 12.2.4 (d) and 12.5.2 of ACI 318)
167
Figure 17-5
Hocked bar development length
9.
d.
e.
f.
Development of prestressing strand. The development length of three- or sevenwire pretensioning strand should not be less than that set forth in Section 12.9 of
ACI 318. (Section 1901.2)
Development of deformed bars in compression. The development length for deformed bars in compression, ldc, should not be less than 8 inches (203 mm) or the
length computed as the product of the basic development length and the applicable
modification factors set forth in Section 12.3.3 of ACI 318 (Section 12.3.1). The basic development lengths (units = inches) set forth in Section 12.3.2 of ACI 318 for
Grade 60 bars are:
168
3,000
4,000
4,444
b.
b.
c.
d.
1)
2)
Limitations on positive reinforcement. Positive moment tension reinforcement at simple supports and at points of inflection should be shown to comply
with Section 12.11.3 of ACI 318.
169
a.
Maximum bar size. Lap splices should not be used for bars larger than No. 11, except as provided for in Sections 12.16.2 and 15.8.2.3 of ACI 318. (Section 12.14.2.1
of ACI 318)
b.
c.
Strength of welded splices. Full-welded splices should be shown to develop in tension at least 125 percent of the specified yield strength, fy, of the bar. (Section
12.14.3.4 of ACI 318)
d.
Special splice requirements for columns. Splice requirements for columns should
be in accordance with Section 12.17 of ACI 318. (See Figure 17-6 and Table 17-2.)
(Section 12.17.1 of ACI 318)
Figure 17-6
Special splice requirements for columns
170
Use Class B tension lap splice (12.15) if more than 1/2 of total
column bars spliced at same location.
or
Use Class A tension lap splice (12.15) if not more than 1/2 of total
column bars spliced at same location.
0.5fy in tension
0.5fy in tension
d.
Lap splice length. Plans should indicate Class B lap splices [1.3ld, but not less
than 12 inches (305 mm)] (Sections 12.15.1 of ACI 318)
Note: Unless it is shown that
1.
2.
one-half or less of the total reinforcement is spliced within the required lap
length, in which case a Class A lap splice (l d) may be specified. (Sections
12.15.2 of ACI 318)
b.
c.
Welded wire fabric. Splices of welded deformed wire fabric and plain wire fabric in
tension should be in accordance with Section 12.18 and 12.19 of ACI 318,
respectively.
Lap splice length. Compression lap splice lengths for Grade 60 or lower grade bars
should not be less than 12 inches (305 mm) or 0.0005fydb in accordance with Section 12.16.1 of ACI 318.
b.
Bars of different sizes. When bars of different sizes are lap spliced in compression,
the splice length should be the larger of the development length of the larger bar or
splice length of the smaller bar. (Section 12.16.2 of ACI 318)
171
D. Design requirements.
1.
General.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Strength-reduction factors. Strength-reduction factors should be applied in accordance with Section 9.3 of ACI 318.
e.
Shear reduction factor of 0.6. For structures that rely on special momentresisting frame or special reinforced concrete structural walls to resist earthquake
effects, the shear strength reduction factor should be 0.6 for any structural member that is designed to resist earthquake forces, if their nominal shear strength is
less than the shear corresponding to development of their nominal flexural strength.
(Section 9.3.4(a) of ACI 318)
f.
g.
h.
Bearing strength. The design bearing strength on concrete should not exceed
( 0.85 f c A1 ) except when the supporting surface is wider on all sides than the loaded
area, in which case design bearing strength on the loaded area should be multiplied
by
i.
j.
Shear strength for nonprestressed members. The shear strength for nonprestressed members should be calculated in accordance with Section 11.3 of ACI
318.
172
k.
Design of shear reinforcement. Where factored shear force, Vu, exceeds shear
strength ( )Vc, shear reinforcement should be designed and provided in accordance
with Section 11.5 of ACI 318.
l.
Design for torsion. Where the factored torsional moment, Tu, exceeds that set
forth in Section 11.6.1, the member should be designed to carry that torsional
moment in accordance with Sections 11.6.3 through 11.6.6 of ACI 318. (Section
11.6.2.1 of ACI 318)
m. Shear friction. Where direct shear is being transferred across a given plane, such
as an existing or potential crack, an interface between dissimilar materials, or an
interface between two concrete entities cast at different times, provide a shearfriction analysis in accordance with Section 11.7 of ACI 318.
2.
n.
Deep beams. Members with ln not exceeding four times the overall member depth
or regions of beams with concentrated loads within twice the member depth from
the support that are loaded on one face and supported on the opposite face so that
compression struts can develop between the loads and supports are considered
deep beams, and the design of shear reinforcement should be in accordance with
Sections 11.8 and 12.10.6 of ACI 318.
o.
Special shear design provisions for brackets and corbels. Brackets and corbels
with a shear span-to-depth ratio, av/d, not greater than one (1) and subject to a
horizontal tensile force, Nuc, not larger than Vu should be designed in accordance
with Section 11.9 of ACI 318.
Span lengths. Span lengths of members not built integrally with supports should
be considered the clear span plus depth of member, or the distance between centers of supports. In analysis of frames or continuous construction for determination
of moments, span length should be taken as the distance center-to-center of
supports. (Section 8.7 of ACI 318.)
b.
c.
173
fc
fy
bw d
200
bw d
fy
(6
fc
fy
bw d
fc
4 fy
(
bw d in SI) or
1.4
bw d in SI)
fy
fc
2 fy
Alternatively, area of reinforcement provided at every section should be at least onethird greater than that required by analysis. (Section 10.5 of ACI 318)
d.
Maximum reinforcement ratio. When the factored axial load is less than the
smaller of 0.10 f c A g , the net tensile strain in the extreme tension steel, t, at nominal strength, should be 0.004 or higher. (Note: The reinforcement limit of 0.75 b
results in a net tensile strain in the extreme tension steel, t, at nominal strength of
0.00376, slightly less conservative.) (Section 10.3.5 of ACI 318)
e.
f.
Deep beams. The following provisions should be complied with for deep beams.
(1) Section 10.7 of ACI 318
(2) Section 11.8 of ACI 318
(3) Section 12.11.4 of ACI 318
(4) Section 12.12.4 of ACI 318
g.
h.
174
3.
b.
Maximum design axial load strength. The design axial load strength Pn should
not be taken greater than the following (Section 10.3.6 of ACI 318):
(1) For nonprestressed members with spiral reinforcement:
Pn,max = 0.85
c.
d.
e.
, Column
> (1.4)
f.
4.
Wall design.
a.
Effective area for concentrated loads. The horizontal length of wall to be considered effective for each concentrated load should neither exceed center-to-center
distance between loads, nor width of bearing plus four times the wall thickness.
(Section 14.2.4 of ACI 318)
b.
Design for force transfer at base. Transfer of force to footing at base of the wall
should be designed in accordance with Section 15.8 of ACI 318. (Section 14.2.8 of
ACI 318)
175
c.
e.
Walls more than 10 inches (254 mm) thick. Reinforcement should be provided in
two layers for walls more than 10 inches (254 mm) thick in accordance with Section
14.3.4 of ACI 318. (Note: except basement walls or foundation walls.)
f.
Minimum thickness of nonbearing walls. Nonbearing walls should be of a thickness not less than 4 inches (102 mm) or 1/30 the least distance between members
that provide lateral support. (Section 14.6.1 of ACI 318)
g.
5.
Slab width effective as a T-beam flange. The effective slab width for the assumed
T-beam flange or beams with slab on one side only should be in accordance with
limitations set forth in Sections 8.10.2 or 8.10.3 of ACI 318, respectively.
b.
c.
176
6.
d.
e.
Minimum slab-on-grade thickness. The thickness of concrete floor slabs supported directly on the ground should not be less than 31/2 inches (89 mm). A 6-mil
(0.006 inch; 0.15 mm) polyethylene vapor retarder with joints lapped not less than
6 inches (152 mm) should be placed between the base course or subgrade and the
concrete floor slab, or other approved equivalent methods or materials should be
used to retard vapor transmission through the floor slab. (Note: Vapor retarder may
not be required for accessory structures and flatwork.) (Section 1910)
f.
g.
Design for shear. Shear in slabs should be designed in accordance with Section
11.12 of ACI 318.
h.
i.
Prestressed slab systems. Prestressed slab systems should comply with the
requirements of Section 18.12 of ACI 318.
Footing design.
a.
Design for shear. Footings should be designed for shear in accordance with Sections 11.12 and 15.5 of ACI 318.
b.
Design for moment. The maximum factored moment for an isolated footing should
be computed in accordance with Sections 15.4.1 and 15.4.2 of ACI 318.
c.
d.
Minimum footing depth. The depth of footing above the bottom reinforcement
should not be less than 6 inches (152 mm) for footings on soil and not less than12
inches (305 mm) for footings on piles. (Section 15.7 of ACI 318)
e.
Bearing on concrete. Bearing on concrete at the contact surface between supported and supporting members should not exceed concrete bearing strength for
either surface as given by Section 10.17 of ACI 318. (Section 15.8.1.1 of ACI 318)
f.
177
(2) In cast-in-place construction, the reinforcement required to satisfy this requirement should be provided either by extending the longitudinal bars into the
supporting pedestal or footing, or by dowels as required by Section 15.8.2 of
ACI 318. Minimum reinforcement across interface should not be less than
0.005Ag. (Section 15.8.2 of ACI 318)
g.
7.
b.
Transfer of force at base of column, wall or reinforced pedestal. Forces and moments at the base of a column, wall or pedestal should be transferred to the
supporting pedestal or footing by bearing on concrete and by reinforcement, dowels
and mechanical connectors in accordance with Section 15.8.1 of ACI 318. In precast construction, reinforcement required to satisfy this requirement may be
provided by anchor bolts or suitable mechanical connectors in accordance with
Section 15.8.3 of ACI 318. (Sections 15.8.1 and 15.8.3 of ACI 318)
c. Details. Details of reinforcement, connections, bearing seats, inserts, anchors, concrete cover, openings, lifting devices, fabrication and erection tolerances as well as
the required concrete strengths at stated ages or stages of construction should be
shown on either the contract drawings or the shop drawings. (Section 16.2.4 of ACI
318)
d. Minimum concrete cover. The minimum concrete cover for prestressed and nonprestressed reinforcement, ducts and end fittings in precast concrete manufactured
under plant control conditions should be in accordance with Section 7.7.3 of ACI
318. (Section 1907.7.3)
8.
a.
Applicable provisions. The provisions of ACI 318 should apply to composite concrete flexural members, except as specifically modified in Chapter 17 of ACI 318.
(Section 17.1.2 of ACI 318)
178
9.
b.
c.
d.
Transfer of horizontal shear forces. Full transfer of horizontal shear forces should
be assured at contact surfaces of interconnected elements in accordance with Section 17.5 of ACI 318. (Section 17.5.1 of ACI 318)
e.
Ties for horizontal shear. When ties are provided to transfer horizontal shear, the
tie spacing should not exceed four times the least dimension of supported element
or 24 inches (610 mm), and the area should comply with Section 11.5.6.3 of ACI
318. (Section 17.6.1 of ACI 318)
f.
Composite compression members. Composite compression members should comply with the requirements of Section 10.16 of ACI 318. (Section 10.16 of ACI 318)
Applicable provisions. All provisions of ACI 318 not specifically excluded, and not
in conflict with ACI 318 Chapter 18, should apply to prestressed concrete. (Section
18.1.2 of ACI 318)
b.
Deflection criteria. The immediate and long-term deflection of prestressed concrete members should be computed in accordance with Sections 9.5.4.1 and
9.5.4.2 of ACI 318 and shown to be within the limits stipulated in Table 9.5(b).
(Section 9.5.4.4 of ACI 318).
c.
Maximum design axial load strength. The design axial load strength should not
be more than 0.85 (for members with spiral reinforcement) or 0.80 (for members
with tie reinforcement) of the design axial load strength at zero eccentricity. (Section
10.3.6.3 of ACI 318)
d.
e.
Permissible stresses in prestressed concrete flexural members. Stresses in concrete immediately after prestress transfer should not exceed those set forth in
Section 18.4.1 of ACI 318. Stresses in concrete at service loads (after allowance for
all prestress losses) should not exceed those set forth in Section 18.4.2 of ACI 318.
f.
g.
Loss of prestress. It should be shown that the sources of prestress loss listed in
Section 18.6 of ACI 318 have been considered in the determination of the effective
prestress fse.
h.
179
i.
j.
k.
l.
m. Post-tensioned tendon anchorage zones. The design and detailing of posttensioned tension anchorage zones should be in accordance with Section 18.13 of
ACI 318.
n.
o.
Anchorage zones for multistrand tendons. The design of anchorage zones for
multistrand tendons should be in accordance with AASHTO Standard Specification
for Highway Bridges, Division I, Articles 9.21.7.2.2 through 9.21.7.2.4. (Section
18.15 of ACI 318)
p.
Corrosion protection of unbonded tendons. Unbonded tendons should be encased with sheathing in accordance with Section 18.16 of ACI 318.
q.
Grout for bonded prestressing tendons. Grout for bonded tendons should consist
of portland cement and water, with or without sand and admixtures, in accordance
with Section 18.18 of ACI 318.
General comment. The design and construction of concrete shells and folded
plates, including ribs and edge members, should be in accordance with Chapter 19
of ACI 318.
180
a.
b.
Limitations. The use of structural plain concrete should be limited as listed in Sections 1908.1.15 and 1909.2. (Section 1909.2)
c.
d.
Thickness of section cast against soil. When computing strength of concrete cast
against soil, the overall thickness, h, should be taken as 2 inches (51 mm) less than
the actual thickness. (Section 1909.4 and ACI 318 Section 22.4.8)
e.
Design method. Structural plain concrete walls, footings and pedestals should be
designed for adequate strength in accordance with Sections 22.4 through 22.8 of
ACI 318. (Section 1909.4)
f.
g.
Plain concrete walls. Structural plain concrete walls should be designed in accordance with Section 22.6 of ACI 318. (Section 1909.4) Additionally, the minimum
thickness of bearing walls should not be less than 1/24 the unsupported height or
length, whichever is shorter, and not less than 51/2 inches (140 mm). The thickness
of exterior basement walls and foundation walls should not be less than 71/2 inches
(191 mm). Two or more No. 5 bars should be provided around window and door
openings and should extend 24 inches (610 mm) or more beyond the corners of
openings. (Section 1909.6)
h.
Plain concrete footings. The overall thickness of plain concrete footings should
not be less than 8 inches (203 mm). Plain concrete should not be used for footings
on piles. (Section 1909.2 and ACI 318 Section 22.7)
i.
Plain concrete pedestals. The ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral
dimension of plain concrete pedestals should not exceed 3. (Section 1909.4 and ACI
318 Section 22.8)
j.
Design method. Headed bolts and stud anchors cast in concrete should be shown
to comply with Section 1911, Allowable Stress Design, or Section 1912, Strength
Design.
181
(1) Strength Design. Where strength design is used, design of anchorage should
be in accordance with Section 1912. (Section 1911.1)
(2) Earthquake effects. Where load combinations include earthquake loads or effects, design should be in accordance with Section 1912. (Section 1911.1)
(3) Postinstalled anchors. Postinstalled anchors, such as expansion anchors and
undercut anchors installed in hardened concrete, should be evaluated and
categorized in accordance with ACI 355.2 and designed in accordance with Section 1912. (Sections 1911.1 and 1912)
(4) Other anchors require approval. Other anchors, such as specialty inserts,
through bolts, multiple anchors connected to a single steel plate at the embedded end of anchors, adhesive or grouted anchors, and direct anchors such as
power or pneumatic actuated nails or bolts, should be in accordance with an
approved procedure. (Section 1912.1 and ACI 318, Section D.2.2)
b.
Anchor design ASD. The following comments pertain to the design of anchors using Allowable Stress Design:
(1) Bolts. Bolts other than ASTM A307 or approved equal should comply with
Section 1912. (Section 1911.1)
(2) Headed anchors with bearing area less than 11/2 times the shank area should
comply with Section 1912. (Section 1911.1)
(3) Combined shear and tension. Anchors subject to combined shear and tension
should be checked for compliance with Equation 19-1. (Section 1911.2)
(4) Required edge distances and spacing. The edge distance and spacing specified in Table 1911.2 should be provided for anchors unless appropriate
reductions in allowable service loads are taken in accordance with Section
1911.3.
(5) No increase for shear values. No increase in Table 1911.2 shear values is
permitted even if special inspection is provided. (Section 1911.5)
c.
182
(a) Anchors should not be used in plastic hinge zones of concrete structures
under seismic loads. (Section D.3.3.1 of ACI 318, Section D.3.3)
(b) Post-installed anchors for use to resist pullout should pass the Simulated
Seismic Tests of ACI 355.2 in accordance with Section D.3.2 of ACI 318.
(Section 1908.1.16, ACI 318 Section D.3.3.2)
(c) The design strength of anchors should be taken as 75 percent of the nominal value. (Section 1908.1. 16, ACI 318 Section D.3.3.3)
(d) The design of the anchor should be governed by the tensile or shear
strength of a ductile steel element as defined in Section D.1 of ACI 318, or
the attachment as defined in Section D.1 of ACI 318 should be designed so
that it will undergo ductile yielding at a load no greater than 75 percent of
the minimum anchor design strength. (Section 1908.1.16, ACI 318
Sections D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5)
(5) Maximum concrete strength. The value of f c used for calculations should
not exceed 10,000 psi (68.9 Mpa) for cast-in anchors, and 8,000 psi for postinstalled anchors. Testing is required for post-installed anchors with f c greater
than 8,000 psi. (Section D.3.5 of ACI 318)
(6) Strength considerations. Strength design of anchors or group of anchors
should be based on computation using D.4 of ACI 318 or test that takes all of
the following into consideration: (D4.1 of ACI 318)
(a) Steel strength of anchor in tension (Section D.5.1 of ACI 318)
(b) Steel strength of anchor in shear (Section D.6.1 of ACI 318)
(c) Concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension (Section D.5.2 of ACI 318)
(d) Concrete breakout strength of anchor in shear (Sections D.6.2 of ACI 318)
(e) Pullout strength of anchor in tension (Section D.5.3 of ACI 318)
(f)
(g) Concrete pryout strength of anchor in shear (Section D.6.3 of ACI 318)
(h) Required edge distances, spacings and thicknesses to preclude splitting
failure (Section D.8 of ACI 318)
(7) Interaction effects. When tension and shear act simultaneously, the interaction should be considered in accordance with Sections D.4.3 or D.7 of ACI 318.
(Sections D.4.1.3 and D.4.3 of ACI 318)
(8) Required edge distances, spacings and thicknesses to preclude splitting
failure. Minimum spacings, thicknesses and edge distances for anchors should
conform to Sections D.8.1 through D.8.6 of ACI 318 or tests in accordance with
ACI 355.2, or provide reinforcement to control splitting. Construction documents should specify use of anchors with a minimum edge distance as
assumed in design. (Section D.8 of ACI 318)
183
13. Shotcrete.
Shotcrete: Shotcrete is mortar or concrete that is pneumatically projected at high
velocity onto a surface. (Section 1913.1)
a.
Maximum aggregate size. Plans should indicate that the maximum size of coarse
aggregate should not exceed 3/4 inch (19.1 mm). (Section 1913.3)
b.
c.
Strength tests. Plans should indicate that strength tests will be administered in
accordance with Section 1913.10.
Reinforced gypsum concrete should comply with the requirements of Section 1914.
184
Moment frame: Space frame in which members and joints resist forces through flexure, shear and axial force. Moment frames shall be categorized as follows: (Section 2.2
of ACI 318)
Ordinary moment frame: A cast-in-place or precast concrete frame complying with
the requirements of Chapters 1 through 18 of ACI 318, as modified by Sections
1908.1.1 and 1908.1.2.
Intermediate moment frame: A cast-in-place concrete frame complying with the requirements of Sections 21.2.2.3 and 21.12 of ACI 318, as modified by Section
1908.1.10, in addition to the requirements for ordinary moment frames.
Special moment frame: A cast-in-place concrete frame complying with the requirements of Sections 21.2 through 21.5 of ACI 318, as modified by Sections 1908.1.4
through 1908.1.7 or
a precast concrete frame complying with the requirements of Sections 21.2 through
21.6 of ACI 318, as modified by Sections 1908.1.4 through 1908.1.7, in addition to
the requirements for ordinary moment frames.
Structural walls: (Section 2.2 of ACI 318)
Ordinary structural plain concrete wall (Ordinary plain concrete shear
wall): A wall complying with the requirements of Chapter 22, excluding 22.6.7 of
ACI 318, as modified by Section 1908.1.14. (Section 1908.1.3)
Detailed plain concrete structural wall: A wall complying with the requirements
of Chapter 22, including Section 22.6.7 of ACI 318, as modified by Section
1908.1.14. (Section 1908.1.3)
Ordinary precast structural wall: A precast wall complying with the requirements of Chapters 1 through 18 of ACI 318, as modified by Section 1908.1. (Section
1908.1.3)
Ordinary reinforced concrete structural wall (shear wall): A wall complying
with the requirements of Chapters 1 through 18 of ACI 318, as modified by Section
1908.1. (Section 1908.1.3)
Intermediate precast concrete structural wall: A wall complying with the
requirements of Chapters 1 through 18 in addition to Section 21.13 of ACI 318, as
modified by Section 1908.1.
Special precast concrete structural wall: A precast wall complying with the
requirements of Chapters 1 through 18, Sections 21.2, 21.8 and 21.13 of ACI 318, as
modified by Section 1908.1.
Special reinforced concrete structural wall: A wall complying with the requirements of Chapters 1 through 18, Sections 21.2 and 21.7 of ACI 318, as modified by
Section 1908.1.
1.
General.
a.
Applicable ACI 318 provisions. The following provisions are applicable for this
project:
185
Check Here
Seismic-force-resisting Structural
Systems (IBC System number based
Table 12.2-1)
Restrictions*
b.
c.
Requirements for detailed plain concrete shear walls. (SDC A and B) Reinforcement should be provided for detailed plain concrete shear walls in accordance with
Sections 22.6.7 and 22.10 of ACI 318, as modified by Sections 1908.1.14 and
1908.1.15, respectively. (Sections 1908.1.14 and 1908.1.15)
d.
e.
Requirements for seismic-force-resisting systems. (SDC C) Structural system allowed to resist seismic forces in SDC C should be one of the following systems and
comply with Section 21.2.1.3 of ACI 318 as modified by Section 1908.1.4:
(1) Intermediate or special moment frames
186
Requirements for seismic-force-resisting systems. (SDC D F) Structural system allowed to resist seismic forces in SDC D F should be one of the following
systems and comply with Section 21.2.1.4 of ACI 318 as modified by Section
1908.1.4, as follows:
(1) Special moment frames
(2) Intermediate or special precast concrete structural wall
(3) Special reinforced concrete structural wall.
g.
2.
General requirements.
a.
b.
Concrete members below base of structure. Structural members below the base
of the structure required to transmit to the foundation forces resulting from earthquake effects should also comply with the requirements of ACI 318 Chapter 21 and
as modified by Section 1908.1.10. (Section 21.2.2.3 of ACI 318)
c.
d.
f.
g.
187
umn or beam face for special moment frames or from sections where yielding of
the reinforcement is likely to occur as a result of inelastic lateral displacements.
(2) Type 2 mechanical splices conforming to Section 21.2.6.1(b) of ACI 318 is
permitted to be used at any location.
f.
Welded splices.
(1) Welded splices should conform to Sections 12.14.3.3 and 12.14.3.4 of ACI 318
and should not be used within a distance equal to twice the member depth
from the column or beam face for special moment frames or from sections
where yielding of the reinforcement is likely to occur as a result of inelastic lateral displacements. (Section 21.2.7.1 of ACI 318)
(2) Welding of stirrups, ties, inserts or other similar elements should not be welded
to longitudinal reinforcement that is required by design. (Section 21.2.7.2 of
ACI 318)
Restrictions on the design of flexural members. Flexural members should comply with the following limitations set forth in Section 21.3.1 of ACI 318.
(1) Maximum axial load. The factored axial compressive force on the member
should not exceed A g f c /10 . (Section 21.3.1.1 of ACI 318)
(2) Minimum clear span. The clear span should not be less than four times the
effective depth. (Section 21.3.1.2 of ACI 318)
(3) Minimum width. The width of the member should not be less than the smaller
of 0.3h and 10 inches. (Section 21.3.1.3 of ACI 318)
(4) Width restrictions. The width of the member should not be more than the
width of the supporting member (measured on a plane perpendicular to the
longitudinal axis of the flexural member) plus distances on each side of the
supporting member not exceeding 0.75h of the flexural member. (Section
21.3.1.4 of ACI 318)
b.
188
a. Flexural reinforcement
b. Splice location
189
c. Transverse reinforcement
d. Hoop reinforcement
Figure 17-7
Longitudinal and transverse reinforcement for flexural members of SMRFs
190
c.
4.
Shear strength requirements. Design shear forces should be determined in accordance with Section 21.3.4.1 of ACI 318. The concrete contribution, Vc, should be
taken to be zero when both conditions of Section 21.3.4.2 of ACI 318 occur.
Special moment frame members resisting bending and axial loads (SDC C F)
(primarily columns).
a.
Restrictions on the design of members resisting bending and axial loads. Members resisting bending and axial loads that are due to earthquake force should
comply with the following limitations set forth in Section 21.4.1 of ACI 318.
(1) Minimum cross-sectional dimension. The shortest cross-sectional dimension,
measured on a straight line passing through the geometric centroid, should not
be less than 12 inches (305 mm). (Section 21.4.1.1 of ACI 318)
(2) b/h ratio. The ratio of the shortest cross-sectional dimension to the
perpendicular dimension should not be less than 0.4. (Section 21.4.1.2 of ACI
318)
(3) Minimum axial load. The factored axial compressive force on the member
should exceed A g f c /10 . (Section 21.4.1 of ACI 318)
b.
(6/5) Mnb
Or columns supporting reactions from that joint should be provided with transverse
reinforcement as specified in ACI 318 Sections 21.4.4.1 through 21.4.4.3 over their
full height in accordance with ACI 318 Section 21.4.2.3.
c.
Longitudinal reinforcement.
(1) Reinforcement limits. The area of longitudinal reinforcement should not be
less than 0.01Ag and should not exceed 0.06Ag. (Section 21.4.3.1 of ACI 318)
(2) Restrictions on lap splices. Lap splices should be permitted only within the
center half of the member length, should be designed as tension lap splices and
should be enclosed within transverse reinforcement conforming to ACI 318 Sections 21.4.4.2 and 21.4.4.3. (Section 21.4.3.2 of ACI 318)
d.
e.
Shear strength requirements. Design shear forces should be determined in accordance with Section 21.4.5.1 of ACI 318. The concrete contribution, Vc, should be
taken to be zero when both conditions of Section 21.4.5.2 of ACI 318 occur. (Section 21.4.5.1 of ACI 318)
191
192
193
Figure 17-9
Example of transverse reinforcement in SMF columns
5.
b.
c.
Transverse reinforcement. The transverse reinforcement should be clearly detailed on the construction documents in accordance with Section 21.5.2 of ACI 318.
d.
Shear strength of the joint. The nominal shear strength of the joint should not be
taken greater than the values specified in Section 21.5.3 of ACI 318 for normal
weight concrete, and 75 percent for lightweight aggregate concrete. (Section 21.5.3
of ACI 318)
e.
194
Figure 17-10
Development length for reinforcement in tension
Development length, ldh, for a bar with a standard 90-degree hook in normal-weight
aggregate concrete should be not less than the largest of 8db, 6 inches (152 mm)
and fydb/(65 f c ) (fydb/(5.4 f c ) in SI), and for lightweight concrete not less than
the largest of 10db, 71/2 inches, and 1.25 times the length required by Equation
21-6.
The 90-degree hook should be located within the confined core of a column or of a
boundary element. (Section 21.5.4.1 of ACI 318)
6.
SMF with ductile connections. SMF with ductile connections constructed using
precast concrete should satisfy all cast-in-place concrete SMF requirements of
Sections 21.3 through 21.5 of ACI 318. (Section 21.6.1 of ACI 318) and both:
(1) Connections shear strength. Connections shear strength should be computed
in accordance with Section 21.6.1 (a) of ACI 318.
(2) Mechanical splices. Mechanical splices of beam reinforcement should be located not closer than h/2 from the joint face in accordance with Section 21.2.6
of ACI 318.
b.
SMF with strong connections. SMF with strong connections constructed using
precast concrete (see figure 17-11) should satisfy all cast-in-place concrete SMF
requirements of Sections 21.3 through 21.5, and 21.6.2 of ACI 318. (Section 21.6.2
of ACI 318)
c.
Other SMF. Other SMF constructed using precast concrete not meeting the
requirements of Sections 21.6.1 and 21.6.2 of ACI 318 should be designed and
constructed to satisfy all cast-in-place concrete SMF requirements of Sections 21.3
through 21.5, and ACI T1.1, Acceptance Criteria for Moment Frames Based on
Structural Testing in accordance with Section 21.6.3 of ACI 318.
195
Figure 17-11
Strong connection examples
7.
Reinforcement requirements for shear walls. The following requirements of Section 21.7.2 of ACI 318 should be met:
(1) When the design shear force, Vu, does not exceed
0.083 Acv
Acv
fc
(For SI:
tion 14.3 of ACI 318. Otherwise, the distributed web reinforcement ratios for
shear walls should be more than 0.0025 along both the longitudinal and transverse axes. (Section 21.7.2.1 of ACI 318)
(2) Reinforcement should be continuous, distributed each way across the shear
plane and not exceeding 18 inches (457 mm) on center. (Section 21.7.2.1 of ACI
318)
(3) At least two curtains of reinforcement should be used in a wall if the in-plane
factored
0.166 Acv
shear
force
assigned
to
the
wall
exceeds 2 Acv
fc
(For
SI:
196
Shear strength of shear walls. The shear strength requirements for shear walls set
forth in Section 21.7.4 should be met. (Section 21.7.4 of ACI 318)
c.
Design for flexural and axial loads. Structural walls and portions of such walls
subject to combined flexural and axial loads should be designed in accordance with
Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of ACI 318, excluding Section 10.3.6 and the nonlinear
strain requirements of Section 10.2.2. (Section 21.7.5.1 of ACI 318)
d.
Effective shear wall flange width. The effective flange widths to be used in the design of I-, L-, C- or T-shaped sections should not be assumed to extend farther from
the face of the web than the smaller of:
(1) one-half the distance to an adjacent shear wall web, or
(2) 25 percent of the total wall height. (Section 21.7.5.2 of ACI 318) (See Figure 1712.)
e.
Requirement for shear wall boundary elements. The need for special boundary
elements at the edges of structural walls should be evaluated in accordance with
Sections 21.7.6.2 or 21.7.6.3, and both Sections 21.7.6.4 and 21.7.6.5 of ACI 318.
(Section 21.7.6.1 of ACI 318) See Figures 17-13 and 17-14 for requirements
concerning special (Section 21.7.6.4 of ACI 318) and nonspecial boundary elements
(Section 21.7.6.5 of ACI 318) of a shear wall, respectively.
Figure 17-12
Effective flange widths for flanged shear walls
197
a. Per 21.7.6.2
b. Per 21.7.6.3
198
Figure 17-14
Shear wall nonspecial boundary element requirements
199
Figure 17-15
Coupling beam with diagonally oriented reinforcement
Figure 17-16
Columns supporting discontinued stiff members
200
f.
Coupling beams. Coupling beams should be designed in accordance with ACI Section 21.7.7 of ACI 318. Coupling beams with a clear span-to-effective-depth ratio of
less than 2 and factored shear force exceeding 4 f c (Acw) (For SI: 0.33 f c (Acw))
should be provided with special shear reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318
Sections 21.7.7.3 and 21.7.7.4. (See Figure 17-15.) (Section 21.7.7 of ACI 318)
g.
h.
i.
Wall pier requirement. Wall piers not designed as part of a special moment frame
should have transverse reinforcement designed to satisfy the requirements in Section 21.7.10.2 of ACI 318. (Section 21.7.10 of ACI 318 as added by Section
1908.1.8)
j.
b.
Reinforcement requirements.
(1) Minimum reinforcement. The minimum reinforcement ratio for structural diaphragms should be in conformance with Section 7.12 of ACI 318.
Reinforcement spacing each way in nonpost-tensioned floor or roof systems
should not exceed 18 inches (500 mm). (Section 21.9.5.1 ACI 318)
(2) Welded wire reinforcement. Where WWR is used as the reinforcement to resist shear in topping slabs placed over precast floor and roof elements, the
wires parallel to the span of the precast element should not be less than 10
inches (254 mm) on center. (Section 21.9.5.1 ACI 318)
201
9.
d.
e.
Construction joints. All construction joints in diaphragms should conform to Section 6.4, and contact surfaces should be roughened as in Section 11.7.9 of ACI 318.
(Section 21.9.9 of ACI 318)
202
10. Frame members (SDC D F) not part of the lateral-force-resisting system (Section
21.11 of ACI 318)
a.
Detailing requirements. Frame members (except slab-column connections in twoway slabs system without beams) assumed not to contribute to lateral resistance
should be detailed according to Section 21.11.2 or 21.11.3 of ACI 318, depending
on the magnitude of moments induced in those members when subjected to the design displacement. (Section 21.11.1 of ACI 318)
In addition to other requirements as set forth in Section 21.11, the spacing of
transverse reinforcement should satisfy the following restrictions:
(1) For members with factored gravity axial forces not exceeding 0.1 A g f c , stirrups
should be spaced not more than d/2 throughout the length of the member.
(Section 21.11.2.1 of ACI 318)
(2) For members with factored gravity axial forces exceeding 0.1 A g f c , ties should
be spaced not more than 6 diameters of the smallest longitudinal bar enclosed
or 6 inches (152 mm), throughout the length of the member. Lap splices of
longitudinal reinforcement in such members should comply with Section
21.4.3.2 only if the system is SMF. (Section 21.11.2.2 of ACI 318, as modified
by Section 1908.1.11)
(3) If the effects of design displacements, defined in Section 1908.1.5, are not
explicitly checked, members should be detailed in accordance with Section
21.11.3 of ACI 318. (Section 21.11.1 of ACI 318)
(4) Slab-column connections in two-way slabs system without beams should be in
accordance with Section 21.11.5. (Section 21.11.1 of ACI 318)
11. Requirements for intermediate moment frames (SDC A C) (Section 21.12 of ACI
318)
a.
b.
203
Figure 17-17
Arrangement of reinforcement in slabs
c.
d.
Two-way slabs without beams. Two-way slabs without beams should be reinforced
in accordance with Section 21.12.6 of ACI 318. (See Figure 17-17.)
Intermediate precast lateral-force-resisting systems. Intermediate precast structural walls should be shown to satisfy the criteria set forth in Section 21.13 of ACI
318, as modified by Section 1908.1.13.
b.
Connection elements other than Type 2 mechanical splices. Connection elements that are designed to yield should be capable of maintaining 80 percent of
their design strength at the deformation induced by the design displacement. (Section 21.13.1 of ACI 318 added by Section 1908.1.13)
c.
Elements not designed to yield. Elements not designed to yield (Type 2 mechanical splices) should develop 1.5 x Sy (Sy is the specified yield strength of the
reinforcement) or higher. (Section 21.13.4 of ACI 318 renumbered by Section
1908.1.13)
204
d.
Wall piers. Wall piers not designed as part of a moment frame should have transverse reinforcement designed to resist the shear forces determined from Section
21.12.3 (as for IMF). Spacing of transverse reinforcement should not exceed 8
inches (203 mm). Transverse reinforcement should be extended beyond the pier
clear height for at least 12 inches (305 mm). (Section 21.13.5 of ACI 318 as added
by Section 1908.1.13)
e.
205
18. Masonry
Applicable standards:
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-05)
Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures (ACI 530-05/ASCE 5-05/TMS 402-05)
A. Material requirements.
1.
Masonry specifications on construction documents. As a minimum, the construction documents should include the following in accordance with Section 2101.3.
a.
Specified size, grade, type and location of reinforcement, anchors and wall ties
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
206
l.
o.
4.
AAC masonry prohibited in Seismic Design Category B, C, D, E and F. AAC masonry should not be used in the seismic-force-resisting system of structures classified
as Seismic Design Category B, C, D, E or F. (Section 2101.2.2)
5.
207
6.
Structural tests and special inspection. Special inspection should be required to satisfy Section 1704.5. Structural testing and other quality assurance requirements for
seismic resistance should comply with Sections 1707, 1708 and 1709.
B. Construction requirements.
1.
Grouting, minimum spaces. The minimum dimensions of spaces provided for the
placement of grout should be in accordance with Table 1.16.1 of MSJC. (Section 1.16.1
of MSJC)
Table 1.16.1. Grout space requirements
Grout Type1
2,3
2.
Embedded conduits, pipes and sleeves. Conduits, pipes and sleeves of any material to
be embedded in masonry shall be compatible with masonry and should comply with the
following requirements: (Section 1.16.2 of MSJC)
a.
Design should not consider conduits, pipes or sleeves as structurally replacing the
displaced masonry. (Section 1.16.2.1 of MSJC)
b.
Design should consider the structural effects resulting from the removal of masonry
to allow for the placement of pipes or conduits. (Section 1.16.2.2 of MSJC)
c.
Conduits, pipes and sleeves in masonry should be no closer than three diameters
on center. (Section 1.16.2.3 of MSJC)
d.
e.
208
Lateral-force-resisting system. The plans should identify the applicable lateral-forceresisting system(s), and compliance with the following noted sections should be
demonstrated.
a.
Masonry shear wall systems should be designed using the seismic design coefficients and factors applicable to the type of system as specified in Chapter 12, Table
12.2-1, of ASCE 7.
Check
Here
Permitted
Seismic
Design
Categories
Applicable Code
Sections for Allowable
Stress Design*
Applicable Code
Sections for
Strength Design
b.
209
All masonry walls, unless isolated on three edges from in-plane motion of the basic
structural systems, should be considered to be part of the seismic-force-resisting
system. (Section 2106.1)
2.
Story drift limit. Design story drift should be determined in accordance with Section
12.12.1 of ASCE 7 and not exceed the allowable story drift of Table 12.12-1 of ASCE 7.
(Section 12.12 of ASCE 7)
3.
4.
Masonry partition walls. Masonry partition walls, masonry screen walls and other
masonry elements that are not designed to resist vertical or lateral loads, other
than those induced by their own mass, should be isolated from the structure so
that the vertical and lateral forces are not imparted to these elements. (Section
2106.3.1)
b.
Isolation joints and connectors. All masonry walls, unless isolated on three edges
from in-plane motion of the basic structural systems, should be considered to be
part of the seismic-force-resisting system. (Section 2106.1)
Isolation joints and connectors between masonry walls and the structure should be
designed to accommodate the design story drift. (Section 2106.3.1)
c.
210
5.
Design of elements that are part of the lateral-force-resisting system (SDC C F).
a.
b.
Masonry shear walls (SDC C). Reinforcement for masonry shear walls should comply with the requirements for ordinary reinforced masonry shear walls, intermediate
reinforced masonry shear walls or special reinforced masonry shear walls, and the
requirements of Section 1.14.5.3.2 of MSJC. Detailing requirements are given in
Figure 18-1. (Section 1.14.5.3.2 of MSJC)
c.
d.
Figure 18-1
Minimum masonry wall reinforcement requirements for SDC C
(Section 1.14.5.2.3 of MSJC)
6.
211
Additional requirements for structures in Seismic Design Category D. Structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D should conform to the requirements of
Section 2106.5, Section 1.14.6 of MSJC and the following requirements: (Section
2106.5)
(1) Loads for shear walls designed by the allowable stress design method.
When calculating in-plane shear or diagonal tension stresses by the allowable
stress design method, shear walls that resist seismic forces should be designed
to resist 1.5 times the seismic forces required by Chapter 16. The 1.5 multiplier
need not be applied to the overturning moment. (Section 2106.5.1)
(2) Shear wall shear strength. For a shear wall whose nominal shear strength exceeds the shear corresponding to development of its nominal flexural strength,
two shear regions exist. For all cross sections within a region defined by the
base of the shear wall and a plane at a distance Lw above the base of the shear
wall, the nominal shear strength should be determined by Equation 21-1. The
required shear strength for this region should be calculated at a distance Lw /2
above the base of the shear wall, but not to exceed one-half story height. For
the other region, the nominal shear strength of the shear wall should be determined from Section 2108. (Section 2106.5.2)
b.
Special reinforced masonry shear walls. Shear walls in SDC D can only be special reinforced masonry shear walls (Section 1.14.6.4 of MSJC) as listed in Items
A.7 and A.17 of Tables 12.2-1 and 12.14-1 of ASCE 7. (Section 1.14.6.4 of MSJC)
(1) Minimum reinforcement requirements for special reinforced masonry
shear walls. The following requirements should be satisfied. (Sections 1.14.6.3
of MSJC) (See Figure 18-2.)
(a) The sum of the cross-sectional area of horizontal and vertical reinforcement
should be at least 0.002Ag, and the minimum cross-sectional area in each
direction should be not less than 0.0007Ag. (Section 1.14.6.3 of MSJC)
(b) The maximum spacing of reinforcement should be 48 inches (1219 mm)
running bond and 24 inches (610 mm) for stack bond (see Figure 18-3)
masonry. (Section 1.14.6.3 of MSJC)
(c) Reinforcement should be uniformly distributed. (Section 1.14.6.3 of MSJC)
(d) Shear reinforcement in shear walls should be anchored around vertical
reinforcing bars with a 135-degree or 180-degree standard hook. (Section
1.14.6.7 of MSJC)
(2) Stack bond masonry shear walls. Wythes of stack bond masonry shear walls
should be constructed of fully grouted hollow open-end units, fully grouted hollow units laid with full head joints, or solid units. (Section 1.14.6.3 of MSJC)
(See Figure 18-3 for illustration of stack bond versus running bond.)
212
Figure 18-2
Minimum shear wall reinforcement requirements for SDC D F
(Section 1.14.6.3 of MSJC)
Figure 18-3
Stack bond and running bond
213
Running Bond. The placement of masonry units such that head joints in successive courses are horizontally offset at least one-quarter the unit length.
Stack Bond. The placement of masonry units in a bond pattern is such that
head joints in successive courses are vertically aligned. For the purpose of this
code, requirements for stack bond shall apply to masonry laid in other than
running bond
(Section 2102.1)
(3) Lateral ties in masonry columns. Lateral ties in masonry columns should be
spaced not more than 8 inches (203 mm) on center and should be at least 3/8inch (9.5 mm) diameter. Lateral ties should be embedded in grout. (Section
1.14.6.5 of MSJC) Standard hooks for lateral tie anchorage should be either a
135-degree standard hook or a 180-degree standard hook. (Section 1.14.6.7 of
MSJC) (See Figure 18-4.) See MSJC Section 1.13.5 for definition of standard
hook.
(4) Prohibited materials. Neither Type N mortar nor masonry cement should be
used as part of the lateral-force-resisting system. (Section 1.14.6.6 of MSJC)
Figure 18-4
Hooks for column ties in SDC D F
Stack bond masonry not part of the lateral-force-resisting system. Stack bond
masonry (see Figure 18-3) that is not part of the lateral-force-resisting system
should have a horizontal cross-sectional area of reinforcement of at least 0.0015Ag
with a maximum spacing of 24 inches (610 mm). Such stack bond masonry should
be constructed of hollow open-end units or two wythes of solid units. (Section
1.14.7.2 of MSJC)
214
b.
General requirements. The design of masonry structures using allowable stress design
should comply with Section 2106 and the requirements of Chapters 1 and 2 of the
MSJC code. (Section 2107.1)
a.
b.
Modulus of elasticity for clay and concrete masonry. The modulus of elasticity
should be determined in accordance with Section 1.8.2.2 of MSJC.
c.
d.
e.
215
the nominal bar diameter or 11/2 inches (38.1 mm), whichever is more
restrictive. (Sections 1.13.3.2 and 1.13.3.3 of MSJC)
(6) Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as a unit should
be limited to two in any one bundle. Individual bars in a bundle cut off within
the span of a member should terminate at points at least 40 db apart. (Section
1.13.3.4 of MSJC)
(7) Reinforcement embedded in grout should have a thickness of grout between the
reinforcement and masonry units not less than 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) for fine grout
or 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) for coarse grout. (Section 1.13.3.5 of MSJC)
(8) Masonry exposed to earth or weather should have a minimum cover of 11/2
inches (38.1 mm) for bars No. 5 and smaller, and 2 inches (50.8 mm) for larger
bars. (Section 1.13.4.1(a) of MSJC)
(9) Masonry not exposed to earth or weather should have a minimum 11/2 in. (38.1
mm) cover for reinforcing bars. (Section 1.13.4.1(b) of MSJC)
(10) Longitudinal wires of joint reinforcement should be fully embedded in mortar or
grout with a minimum cover of 5/8 in. (15.9 mm) when exposed to earth or
weather and 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) when not exposed to earth or weather. (Section
1.13.4.2 of MSJC)
(11) Joint reinforcement should be stainless steel or protected from corrosion by
hot-dipped galvanized coating or epoxy coating when used in masonry exposed
to earth or weather and in interior walls exposed to a mean relative humidity
exceeding 75 percent. All other joint reinforcement should be mill galvanized,
hot-dip galvanized or stainless steel. (Section 1.13.4.2 of MSJC)
(12) Wall ties, sheet-metal anchors, steel plates and bars, and inserts exposed to
earth or weather, or exposed to a mean relative humidity exceeding 75 percent,
should be stainless steel or protected from corrosion by hot-dip galvanized
coating or epoxy coating. Wall ties, anchors and inserts should be mill
galvanized, hot-dip galvanized or stainless steel for all other cases. (Section
1.13.4.3 of MSJC)
f.
g.
Anchor bolt design. Allowable loads for anchor bolts should be determined by testing in accordance with Section 2.1.4.1 of MSJC or by calculation in accordance
with Section 2.1.4.2 of MSJC.
h.
i.
Multiwythe walls. Design of walls composed of more than one masonry wythe
should comply with the provisions of either composite action (Section 2.1.5.2 of
MSJC) or noncomposite action (Section 2.1.5.3 of MSJC). (Section 2.1.5.1 of MSJC)
216
j.
Columns. Design of columns should comply with the requirements of Section 2.1.6
of MSJC. (See Figure 18-5.)
Figure 18-5
Column detailing requirements
(for SDC D F, see Figure 18-4 also)
(1) Minimum column side dimension should be 8 inches (203 mm) nominal.
(Section 2.1.6.1 of MSJC)
(2) The ratio of the effective height to the least nominal dimension should not
exceed 25. (Section 2.1.6.2 of MSJC)
(3) Columns should be designed to resist applied loads. As a minimum, columns
should be designed to resist loads with an eccentricity equal to 0.1 times each
side dimension. Consider each axis independently. (Section 2.1.6.3 of MSJC)
(4) The area of vertical reinforcement should not be less than 0.0025An and not
more than 0.04 An. At least four bars should be provided. (MSJC Section
2.1.6.4)
(5) Lateral ties should conform to requirements of Section 2.1.6.5 of MSJC.
k.
217
l.
Pilasters.
(1) Walls interfacing with pilasters should not be considered flanges, unless the
provisions of Section 1.9.4.2 are met. (Section 2.1.7.1 of MSJC)
(2) Where vertical reinforcement is provided to resist axial compressive stress, lateral ties should meet all applicable requirements of Section 2.1.6.5. (Section
2.1.7.2 of MSJC)
Distribution of concentrated vertical loads in walls. The length of wall considered capable of working at the maximum allowable compressive stress to resist
vertical concentrated loads should not exceed the center-to-center distance between
loads or the width of bearing area plus four times the wall thickness. (MSJC
Section 2.1.9.1) (See Figure 18-6.)
Figure 18-6
Distribution of concentrated loads
218
o.
Bearing load area. Bearing stresses should be computed by distributing the bearing load over an area in accordance with MSJC Section 2.1.9.2. Bearing stresses
should not exceed 0.25 f m . (MSJC Section 2.1.9.3)
p.
= 0.0015 db Fs
0.13db f y
K fm
Embedment of flexural reinforcement. Flexural reinforcement should be embedded in accordance with Section 2.1.10.4 of MSJC.
r.
s.
Splices. The minimum length of lap splices for reinforcing bars in tension or
compression should be calculated in accordance with Equation 2.9 of MSJC, but
should not be less than 12 inches (305 mm). Compliance with requirements for lap
splices, welded splices or mechanical connections in MSJC Section 2.1.10.7 should
be demonstrated. (Section 2.1.10.7 of MSJC as amended by Section 2107.5 of IBC)
t.
Splices for No. 10 and 11 bars. Reinforcement larger than No. 9 (M #29) should be
spliced using mechanical connections in accordance with Section 2.1.10.7.3 of
MSJC.
u.
nf m
2fy n
fy
fm
219
F.
1.
2.
Axial compression and flexure. Axial compression and flexure should be designed in
accordance with Sections 1.6 and 2.2.3 of MSJC.
3.
Axial tension. The tensile strength of masonry should be neglected. (Section 2.2.4 of
MSJC)
4.
Shear stresses. Design for shear stresses should be provided in accordance with
Section 2.2.5 of MSJC.
2.
Compression members. The compressive force should not exceed that given by MSJC
Equation 2-17 or Equation 2-18. (Section 2.3.3.2.1 of MSJC)
Pa = 0.25 f m An + 0.65 Ast Fs
Pa = 0.25 f m An + 0.65 Ast Fs
h
1
140r
70r
h
for h/r
for h/r 99
99 MSJC Eq 217
MSJC Eq 218
3.
Flexural compressive stress. The flexural compressive stress should not exceed (1/3)
f m in accordance with Section 2.3.3.2.2 of MSJC.
4.
Beams. Beams should comply with the requirements of Section 2.3.3.4 of MSJC.
a.
b.
The compression face of beams should be laterally supported at a maximum spacing of 32 times the beam thickness. (Section 2.3.3.4.4 of MSJC)
220
c.
Span length of members not built integrally with supports should be taken as the
clear span plus depth of member, but need not exceed the distance between centers
of supports. (Section 2.3.3.4.1 of MSJC)
d.
Span length should be taken as the distance between centers of supports in analysis of members that are continuous over supports for determination of moments.
(Section 2.3.3.4.2 of MSJC)
5.
Axial tension and flexural tension. Axial tension and flexural tension shall be resisted
entirely by steel reinforcement. (Section 2.3.4 of MSJC)
6.
Shear. The calculated shear stress, fv = (V/bd), should not exceed the allowable shear
stress set forth in the following table in accordance with MSJC Section 2.3.5.2.
Table 17.1 Allowable Shear Stress
Shear Reinforcement Does Not
Resist All Shear
(Section 2.3.5.2.2 of MSJC)
Flexural Members
fv
fm
fv
1)
1
M
4
3
Vd
fv
Shear Reinforcement
Resists All Shear
(Section 2.3.5.2.3 of MSJC)
fv
fm
Fv
fv
3 .0 f m
fv
1
M
4
2
Vd
fm
fm
fv
1 .5 f m
7. Design loads for shear walls (SDC D F). When calculating shear or diagonal tension
stresses, shear walls that resist seismic forces in SDC D, E or F should be designed to
resist 1.5x the forces required by Chapter 16. (Section 2106.5.1)
Note: The 1.5 multiplier need not be applied to overturning moment. (Section
2106.5.1)
8.
221
a.
Figure 18-7
Spacing of shear reinforcement
2.
b.
c.
d.
Design shear strength. The design shear strength, Vn, should exceed the shear
corresponding to the development of 1.25 times the nominal flexural strength, Mn,
of the member, except that the nominal shear strength, Vn, need not exceed 2.5
times required shear strength, Vu. (Section 3.1.3 of MSJC)
e.
Seismic design. For structures system having a seismic response modification factor, R, greater than 1.5, at least 80 percent of the lateral stiffness at each story level
should be provided by lateral-force-resisting walls. Along each column line at a
particular story level, at least 80 percent of the lateral stiffness should be provided
by lateral-force-resisting walls. For R 1.5, piers and columns are permitted to resist seismic load. (Section 3.1.3.1 of MSJC)
222
3.
4.
MSJC Section
0.90
3.1.4.1
0.60
3.1.4.2
Shear
0.80
3.1.4.3
0.50
3.1.4.4
0.90
3.1.4.4
0.65
3.1.4.4
Bearing
0.60
3.1.4.5
Drift limits. Under loading combinations that include earthquake, masonry structures shall be designed so the calculated story drift, , multiplied by Cd from Table
12.2-1 of ASCE 7, does not exceed the allowable story drift, a, obtained from Table
12.12.1 of ASCE 7. (Section 3.1.5.1 of MSJC)
b.
c.
Headed and bent-bar anchor bolts. Embedded bolts larger than 1/4 in. should be
grouted in place with at least 1/2 inch (13 mm) of grout between the bolt and the
masonry. 1/4-in. bolts are permitted in 1/2-inch bed joints.(Section 3.1.6 of MSJC)
a.
Axial strength and embedment depth of headed anchor bolts. Nominal axial
tensile strength of headed anchor bolts, Ban, should be determined in accordance
with Section 3.1.6.1 of MSJC, using the smaller of the strengths of Equations 3-1
and 3-2. The projected area, Apt, should be reduced in accordance with Section
3.1.6.1.1. The effective embedment length of headed anchor bolts, lb, resisting axial
forces should be the greater of four bolt diameters or 2 inches (51 mm). (Section
3.1.6.1 of MSJC)
b.
Axial strength and embedment depth of bent-bar anchor bolts. Nominal axial
tensile strength of bent-bar anchor bolts, Ban, should be determined in accordance
with Section 3.1.6.2 of MSJC, using smallest of the strengths of Equations 3-4, 3-5
and 3-6. The projected area, Apt, should be reduced in accordance with Section
3.1.6.2.1. The minimum effective embedment length of bent-bar anchor bolts resisting axial forces should be the greater of four bolt diameters or 2 inches (51 mm).
(Section 3.1.6.2 of MSJC)
c.
Shear strength and embedment depth of headed and bent-bar anchor bolts.
Nominal shear strength of headed and bent-bar anchor bolts, Bvn, should be
determined in accordance with Section 3.1.6.3 of MSJC, using the smaller of the
223
strengths of Equations 3-8 and 3-9. The projected area, Apv, should be reduced in
accordance with Section 3.1.6.3.1. The minimum effective embedment length of
headed or bent-bar anchor bolts resisting shear forces should be the greater of four
bolt diameters or 2 inches (51 mm). (Section 3.1.6.3 of MSJC)
d.
Combined axial and shear strength of anchor bolts. Combined axial and shear
strength of anchor bolts should be checked in accordance with Equation 3-11.
(Section 3.1.6.4 of MSJC)
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
2.
Axial compression and flexure. Axial compression and flexure should be designed in
accordance with Sections 3.2.2 and 3.2.3 of MSJC.
3.
4.
Shear stresses. Design for shear stresses should be provided in accordance with
Section 3.2.4 of MSJC.
224
I.
2.
Maximum usable strain. The maximum usable strain, mu, at the extreme masonry
compression fiber should be assumed to be 0.0035 for clay masonry and 0.0025 for
concrete masonry. (Section 3.3.2 (c) of MSJC)
3.
4.
5.
6.
Reinforcing bar size. Reinforcing bars used in masonry should not be larger than No.
9 (M#29). The bar diameter should not exceed 1/8 of the nominal wall thickness and
should not exceed 1/4 of the least dimension of the cell, course or collar joint in which it
is placed. The area of reinforcing bars placed in a cell, or in a course, of hollow unit
construction should not exceed 4 percent of the cell area. (Section 3.3.3.1 of MSJC)
7.
8.
Bundling of reinforcing bars. Reinforcing bars should not be bundled. (Section 3.3.3.6
of MSJC)
9.
10. Noncontact lap splices. Bars spliced by noncontact lap splices should not be spaced
farther apart than 1/5 the required length of lap, nor more than 8 in. (203 mm). (Section
3.3.3.3.1 of MSJC)
11. Splices. Reinforcement splices should comply with one of the following: (Section 3.3.3.4
of MSJC as amended by Section 2108.3)
a.
The minimum length of lap for bars should be the greater of 12 in. (305 mm) or the
development length determined by Eq. (3-15). (Section 3.3.3.4(a) of MSJC)
b.
A welded splice should have the bars butted and welded to develop at least 125 percent of the yield strength, fy, of the bar in tension or compression, as required.
Welded splices should be of ASTM A 706 steel reinforcement. Welded splices should
not be permitted in plastic hinge zones of intermediate or special reinforced walls or
special moment frames of masonry. (Section 3.3.3.4(b) of MSJC as amended by
Section 2108.3)
225
c.
Types of Members
Mu/Vudv
Applicable MSJC
Section
3.3.3.5.1
3.3.3.5.2
3.3.3.5.3
1 and
R 1.5
3.3.3.5.4
1 and
1.5
3.3.3.5.1
3.3.3.5.5
(Amended by
Section 2108.4)
14. Design of beams, piers and columnsgeneral. Member design forces should be based
on an analysis that considers the relative stiffness of structural members. The calculation of lateral stiffness should include the contribution of all beams, piers and columns.
The effects of cracking on member stiffness should be considered. (Section 3.3.4 of
MSJC)
a.
Nominal axial and flexural strength. The nominal axial strength, Pn, and the
nominal flexural strength, Mn, of a cross section should be determined in
accordance with the design assumptions of Section 3.3.2 and the provisions of Section 3.3.4.1 of MSJC. Using the slenderness-dependent modification factors of Eq.
(3-16) [1(h/140r)2)] and Eq. (3-17) (70r/h)2, as appropriate, the nominal axial
strength should be modified for the effects of slenderness. The nominal flexural
strength at any section along a member should not be less than 1/4 of the maximum nominal flexural strength at the critical section. (Section 3.3.4.1.1 of MSJC)
The nominal axial compressive strength should not exceed Eq. (3-16) or Eq. (3-17)
of MSJC, as appropriate.
(1) For members with h/r
99:
226
Pn 0.80 0.80 f m An A s f y A s
h
1
140r
(Eq. 3-16)
70r
h
(Eq. 3-17)
Nominal shear strength. Nominal shear strength, Vn, shall be computed using Eq.
(3-18) and either Eq. (3-19) or Eq. (3-20), as appropriate, in accordance with
Section 3.3.4.1.2 of MSJC.
15. Beams. Members designed primarily to resist flexure should comply with the requirements of Section 3.3.4.2 of MSJC. The factored axial compressive force on a beam
should not exceed 0.05 An f m . (Section 3.3.4.2.1 of MSJC)
a.
b.
Flexural strength. The nominal flexural strength of a beam should not be less than
1.3x Mcr . The modulus of rupture, fr, for this calculation should be determined in
accordance with Section 3.1.8.2 of MSJC. (Section 3.3.4.2.2.2 of MSJC)
c.
should
be
hooked
around
the
longitudinal
e.
16. Piers. Piers should be designed and detailed in accordance with Section 3.3.4.3 of
MSJC.
227
a.
The factored axial compression force on piers should not exceed 0.3 An f m . (Section
3.3.4.3.1 of MSJC)
b.
c.
(2) The distance between lateral supports of a pier should not exceed 25x the
nominal thickness of a pier except as provided for in Section 3.3.4.3.3(c) of
MSJC.
(3) When the distance between lateral supports of a pier exceeds 25 times the
nominal thickness of the pier, design should be based on the provisions of
Section 3.3.5 of MSJC.
(4) The nominal length of a pier should not be less than 3x its nominal thickness
nor greater than 6x its nominal thickness. The clear height of a pier should not
exceed 5x its nominal length.
Note: When the factored axial force at the location of maximum moment is
less than 0.05 f m Ag , the length of a pier may be equal to the thickness of the
pier. (Section 3.3.4.3.3 of MSJC)
17. Columns. Columns should be designed and detailed in accordance with Section 3.3.4.4
of MSJC.
a.
b.
Lateral ties. Lateral ties should be provided in accordance with Section 2.1.6.5 of
MSJC. (Section 3.3.4.4.2 of MSJC)
c.
228
d.
18. Wall design for out-of-plane loads. Walls with out-of-plane loads should be designed
and detailed in accordance with Section 3.3.5 of MSJC.
a.
Effective compressive width per bar. The effective compressive width per bar
should be determined in accordance with Section 2.3.3.3 of MSJC. (Section 3.3.5.2
of MSJC)
b.
Moment and deflection calculations. Moment and deflection calculations in Sections 3.3.5.4 and 3.3.5.5 of MSJC are based on simple support conditions top and
bottom. For other support and fixity conditions, moments and deflections should be
calculated using established principles of mechanics. (Section 3.3.5.3 of MSJC)
c.
Walls with factored axial stress of 0.20 f m or less. The procedures set forth in
this section should be used when the factored axial load stress at the location of
maximum moment satisfies the requirement computed by Eq. (3-23) of MSJC.
(Section 3.3.5.4 of MSJC)
pu
Ag
0.20 f m
(Eq. 3-23)
When the slenderness ratio exceeds 30, the factored axial stress should not exceed
0.05f'm.
Factored moment and axial force should be determined at the midheight of the wall
and should be used for design. The factored moment, Mu, at the midheight of the
wall should be computed using Eq. (3-24) of MSJC.
Mu
wu h 2
e
Puf u Pu
8
2
(Eq. 3-24)
Where:
Pu = Puw + Puf
(Eq. 3-25)
The deflection due to factored loads ( u) should be obtained using Eq. (3-30) and (331) of MSJC and replacing Mser with Mu. The design strength for out-of-plane wall
loading should be in accordance with Eq. (3-26) of MSJC.
Mu
Mn
(Eq. 3-26)
The nominal moment should be calculated using Eqs. (3-27) and (3-28) of MSJC if
the reinforcing steel is placed in the center of the wall.
M n As f y Pu
a
2
(Eq. 3-27)
229
Pu As f y
0.80 f m b
(Eq. 3-28)
0.007 h
(Eq. 3-29)
P-delta effects should be included in deflection calculation. The midheight deflection should be computed using either Eq. (3-30) or Eq. (3-31) of MSJC, as
applicable.
(1) Where Mser < Mcr
s
5M cr h 2
48E m I g
(Eq. 3-30)
5M cr h 2 5 M ser M cr h 2
48E m I g
48E m I cr
(Eq. 3-31)
The cracking moment strength of the wall should be computed using the modulus
of rupture, fr, taken from Table 3.1.8.2.1 of MSJC.
19. Wall design for in-plane loads. Walls with in-plane loads should be designed and detailed in accordance with Section 3.3.6 of MSJC.
a.
Reinforcement. The amount of vertical reinforcement should not be less than onehalf the horizontal reinforcement. (Section 3.3.6.2 of MSJC)
b.
Flexural and axial strength. The nominal flexural and axial strength should be
determined in accordance with Section 3.3.4.1.1 of MSJC. (Section 3.3.6.3 of
MSJC)
c.
d.
Special boundary elements. The need for special boundary elements at the edges
of shear walls should be evaluated in accordance with Section 3.3.6.8 or 3.3.6.9.
The requirements of Sections 3.3.6.10 should also be satisfied. Special boundary
elements in shear walls should be designed in accordance with Sections 3.3.6.6
and 3.3.6.7 of MSJC. (Sections 3.3.6.6 and 3.3.6.7 of MSJC)
e.
Walls bending in single curvature. Walls bending in single curvature in which the
flexural limit state response is governed by yielding at the base of the wall should
be designed in accordance with Section 3.3.6.8 of MSJC. (Sections 3.3.6.8 of MSJC)
f.
Other walls. Walls not satisfying those requirements should be designed in accordance with Section 3.3.6.9. (Sections 3.3.6.9 of MSJC)
230
g.
h.
Details of special boundary elements. Where special boundary elements are required by Section 3.3.6.8 or 3.3.6.9, requirements (a) through (d) in this section
should be satisfied, and tests should be performed to verify the strain capacity of
the element: (Section 3.3.6.10 of MSJC)
(1) The special boundary element should extend horizontally from the extreme
compression fiber a distance not less than the larger of (c - 0.1lw) and c/2.
(2) In flanged sections, the special boundary element should include the effective
flange width in compression and should extend at least 12 in. (305 mm) into
the web.
(3) Special boundary element transverse reinforcement at the wall base should extend into the support a minimum of the development length of the largest
longitudinal reinforcement in the boundary element unless the special boundary element terminates on a footing or mat, where special boundary element
transverse reinforcement should extend at least 12 in. (305 mm) into the footing or mat.
(4) Horizontal shear reinforcement in the wall web should be anchored to develop
the specified yield strength, fy, within the confined core of the boundary
element.
J.
Prestressed masonry.
1.
2.
3.
Nominal moment strength. Section 4.4.3 of MSJC should apply instead of the provisions of Section 2.1.3.4.2 for the computation of nominal moment strength. (Section
4.1.5 of MSJC)
4.
Design methods. Design methods should comply with Section 4.2 of MSJC.
231
a.
b.
Specified strength. Immediately after the transfer of prestressing force to the masonry, stresses in masonry given in this chapter should be based upon f mi .
(Section 4.2.2 of MSJC)
5.
Stresses in tendons. Design and construction of prestressing tendons, including jacking force, stress after transfer, stress in tendons and the effective prestress under
service loads should be in accordance with Section 4.3 of MSJC.
6.
Allowable stress increase. The allowable compressive stresses that are due to axial
loads, Fa, and flexure, Fb, and the allowable axial force in Eq. (2-11) should be
permitted to be increased by 20 percent for the stress condition immediately after
transfer of prestress. (Section 4.4.1.2 of MSJC)
b.
c.
d.
232
(3) Depth of the equivalent compression zone. The depth of the equivalent
compression zone, a, should be determined in accordance with Section 4.4.3.3
of MSJC.
(4) Nominal moment strength. The nominal moment strength, Mn, should be
computed in accordance with Section 4.4.3.4 of MSJC, by equation 4-2 or on
static moment equilibrium principles. (Section 4.4.3.4 of MSJC)
(5) Ratio a/d. The ratio a/d should not exceed 0.425. (Section 4.4.3.5 of MSJC)
(6) Stress in tendons at nominal strength fps. Computation of stress in
prestressing tendons at nominal strength, fps, should comply with Section
4.4.3.6 of MSJC. In Equations (4-3) and (4-4), the value of fps should be not less
than fse , and not larger than fpy . (Section 4.4.3.6 of MSJC)
7.
8.
9.
b.
c.
Reinforcing bars required. Reinforcement should be provided in masonry members near anchorages if tensile stresses created by bursting, splitting and spalling
forces induced by the prestressing tendon exceed the capacity of the masonry.
(Section 4.8.3 of MSJC)
d.
Bearing stresses. Local bearing stress in masonry in prestressing tendon anchorage zones should be computed based on the contact surface between masonry and
the mechanical anchorage device or the concrete end block. Bearing stresses that
are due to maximum jacking force of the prestressing tendon should not exceed
0.50 f mi. (Section 4.8.4 of MSJC)
11. Protection of prestressing tendons and accessories. Prestressing tendons, anchorages, couplers and end fittings in exterior walls exposed to earth or weather, or walls
exposed to a mean relative humidity exceeding 75 percent, should be corrosionprotected in accordance with Section 4.9 of MSJC. Corrosion protection of prestressing
tendons should not rely solely on masonry cover. Parts of prestressing tendons not
embedded in masonry should be provided with mechanical and fire protection
equivalent to that of the embedded parts of the tendon. (Section 4.9 of MSJC)
233
Limited use of empirical design. Empirical design is not permitted in the following:
(Section 5.1.2.2 of MSJC)
a.
b.
c.
Structures with basic wind speed greater than 110 mph (177 km/hr). (Section
5.1.2.3.1 of MSJC)
d.
Structures more than 35 feet (10 668 mm) in height with masonry wall lateralforce-resisting systems.
e.
For interior masonry elements not part of the lateral force-resisting system in buildings other than enclosed as defined by ASCE 7 in: (Section 5.1.2.3.2 of MSJC)
(1) Buildings over 180 ft (55.1 m) in height
(2) Buildings over 60 ft (18.4 m) in height where the basic wind speed exceeds 90
mph (145 km/hr)
(3) Buildings over 35 ft (10.7 m) in height where the basic wind speed exceeds 100
mph (161 km/hr)
(4) Where the basic wind speed exceeds 110 mph (177 km/hr)
f.
For exterior masonry elements not part of the lateral force-resisting system and
that are more than 35 ft (10.7 m) above ground: (Section 5.1.2.3.3.1 of MSJC)
(1) Buildings over 180 ft (55.1 m) in height.
(2) Buildings over 60 ft (18.4 m) in height where the basic wind speed exceeds 90
mph (145 km/hr).
(3) Buildings over 35 ft (10.7 m) in height where the basic wind speed exceeds 100
mph (161 km/hr).
g.
L.
For exterior masonry elements less than or equal to 35 ft (10.7 m) above ground
where the basic wind speed exceeds 110 mph (177 km/hr). (Section 5.1.2.3.3.2 of
MSJC)
2.
Empirical design requirements. Empirical masonry design should comply with the
requirements of Sections 2109.2 through 2109.7 or Chapter 5 of MSJC.
3.
Adobe. The design and construction of adobe should comply with Section 2109.8.
Limited use of glass block. Glass block should not be used except in nonload-bearing
exterior or interior walls. (Section 2110.1)
2.
Glass block requirements. Glass block should comply with the requirements of
Section 2110.
234
M. Masonry fireplaces.
1.
Construction requirements. Construction of masonry fireplaces should be in accordance with Section 2111.
N. Masonry heaters.
1.
O. Masonry chimneys.
1.
Construction requirements. Construction of masonry chimneys should be in accordance with Section 2113.
235
19. Steel
Applicable standards:
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-05)
Structural Welding Code Steel (AWS D1.1-06)
Structural Welding Code Sheet Steel (AWS D1.3-98)
Additional standards listed in Section A.
A. Referenced steel standards.
Compliance with the following standards should be demonstrated:
Check
Here
Type of Steel
Design Standard
Reference
Section
236
General.
a.
Structural steel materialstest reports. Material test reports (generally, Mill Test
Certificates), or reports of tests made by the fabricator or a testing laboratory, are
required to show that the material on site conforms to ASTM standards. The
fabricator should provide an affidavit stating that the structural steel furnished
meets the requirements of the grade specified. (Section A3.1 of AISC).
(1) For hot-rolled structural shapes, plates and bars, such tests shall be made in
accordance with ASTM A6/A6M.
(2) For sheets, such tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM A568/A568M.
(3) For tubing and pipe, such tests shall be made in accordance with the
requirements of the applicable ASTM standards listed above for those product
forms.
b.
237
the thickness of the plates, should be supplied with Charpy V-Notch impact
test results in accordance with ASTM A6/A6M, Supplementary Requirement S5,
Charpy V-Notch Impact Test and should meet a minimum average value of 20
ft-lbs (27 J) at +70F (+21C) in accordance with Section A3.1d of AISC.
Note: The above requirements also apply to built-up cross-sections consisting of
plates exceeding 2 in. (50 mm) that are welded with complete-joint-penetration
groove welds to the face of other sections.
c.
Steel castings and forgings. Cast steel should conform to ASTM A216/A216M, Gr.
WCB with Supplementary Requirement S11. Steel forgings should conform to ASTM
A668/A668M. Test reports should be submitted before erection to show
conformance with applicable standards. (Section A.3.2 of AISC)
d.
Bolts, washers and nuts. Bolt, washer and nut material should conform to ASTM
specifications in accordance with Section A.3.3 of AISC.
(1) Bolts (Section A.3.3.1 of AISC) Note: bolts should comply with specific
requirements, e.g., x bolts.
(2) Nuts (Section A.3.3.2 of AISC)
(3) Washers (Section A.3.3.3 of AISC) Note: Washers should comply with special
requirements for oversized holes for A490 bolts. Beveled washers required
where bolts inclined more than 1:20.
(4) Compressible-Washer-Type Direct Tension Indicators (Section A.3.3.4 of AISC)
e.
Anchor rods and threaded rods. Anchor rod and threaded rod material should
conform to one of the ASTM specifications in accordance with Section A.3.4 of AISC.
Manufacturers certification should be submitted before construction to show that
threads on anchor rods and threaded rods conform to the Unified Standard Series
of ASME B18.2.6 and have Class 2A tolerances. (Section A.3.4 of AISC)
Note: Weldable anchor rods are required to meet ASTM F1554.
f.
Filler metal and flux for welding. Filler metals and fluxes should conform to
American Welding Society specifications in accordance with Section A.3.5 of AISC.
Manufacturers certification should be provided to show conformity with the
standards. Filler metals and fluxes that are suitable for the intended application
should be selected. (Section A.3.5 of AISC)
g.
Stud shear connectors. Steel stud shear connectors should conform to the
requirements of Structural Welding CodeSteel, AWS D1.1, in accordance with
Section A.3.6 of AISC.
h.
238
Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges (AISC 303), unless specifically excluded
in the construction documents. (Section A4 of AISC)
(2) The following information where applicable should be included on the
construction documents in accordance with Section A4 of AISC and Section
A3.1 of AISC 303.
-
Standard specifications and codes that govern structural steel design and
construction, including bolting and welding
Floor elevations
Weld-procedure qualification
Welded-joint configuration
Lateral bracing
Stability bracing
239
2.
3.
Web reinforcement
b.
Loads and nominal loads. The term nominal loads is used for loads determined in
accordance with IBC Chapter 16.
Design basis.
a.
Design basis. Designs should be in accordance with either the provisions for Load
and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) or Allowable Strength Design (ASD). (Section
B.3 of AISC)
b.
c.
d.
Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD). The design strength of each
structural component should equal or exceed the required strength of the LRFD
load combinations. All provisions, except Section B3.4, of AISC should apply. (B3.3
of AISC)
e.
f.
g.
240
i.
j.
k.
Serviceability. The overall structure and the individual members, connections and
connectors should be checked for serviceability in accordance with Chapter L of
AISC. (Section B3.7 of AISC)
l.
Ponding. Roof surfaces with slopes less than 1/4 in. per ft (20 mm per meter) (2
percent) should be checked to prevent accumulation of water in accordance with
Appendix 2 of AISC. (Section B3.8 of AISC)
Fire. Design for fire conditions should be in accordance with Section B3.10 of AISC.
Surface finish, or no finish, should be consistent with specification of the sprayedon fire proofing material, or composite concrete construction, in accordance with
Section 3.1.6 of AISC 303. (Section B3.10 of AISC and Section 3.1.6 of AISC 303)
o.
p.
241
242
243
a.
Tensile strength. The required design tensile strength, tPn, and the allowable
tensile strength, Pn/ t, of tension members should be determined using the lower of
FyAg (Eq. D2-1) and FuAe (Eq. D2-2). (Section D2 of AISC)
t
t
b.
Gross, net and effective net areas. The gross, net and effective net areas of
members should be determined in accordance with Section D3 of AISC.
c.
244
d.
e.
5.
Effective length factor, K. The effective length factor, K, for calculation of column
slenderness, KL/r, should be determined in accordance with Chapter C of AISC. K
should be less than 200 for members designed on the basis of compression.
(Section E2 of AISC)
b.
Compressive strength - general. The design compressive strength, cPn, and the
allowable compressive strength, Pn/ c, should be determined in accordance with
Section E1 of AISC. The nominal compressive strength, Pn, should be the lowest
value based on the limit states of flexural buckling, torsional buckling and flexuraltorsional buckling in accordance with Sections E3 through E7. (See table 19.1
below).
245
Applicable
Section(s)
Controlling Limit
State
Applicable
Section(s)
Controlling Limit
State
Compressive
Strength for
c.
Web local yielding. The web of wide flanges (and similar built-up members) is
subjected to single-concentrated forces (or double-concentrated forces). The
nominal strength for the limit state of web local yielding should be determined in
accordance with Section J10.2 of AISC and
= 1.0 for LRFD
d.
Web crippling. The web of wide flanges (or similar built-up members) is subjected
to compressive single-concentrated forces (or compressive component of double-
246
concentrated forces). The nominal strength for the limit state of web crippling
should be determined in accordance with Section J10.3 of AISC and
= 0.75 for LRFD
e.
Web sidesway buckling. The web of wide flange (or similar built-up members) is
subject to compressive single-concentrated forces, where relative lateral movement
between the loaded compression flange and the tension flange is not restrained at
the point of application of the concentrated force. The nominal strength of the web
for the limit state of sidesway buckling should be determined in accordance with
Section J10.4 of AISC and
= 0.85 for LRFD
f.
Web compression buckling. Both flanges of the beam are subjected to compressive
single-concentrated forces (or compressive components in a pair of doubleconcentrated forces) applied at both flanges at the same location. The nominal
strength for the limit state of web local buckling should be determined in
accordance with Section J10.5 of AISC and
= 0.90 for LRFD
g.
Web panel zone shear. The column flanges are subjected to double-concentrated
forces applied at the same location. The available strength of the web panel for the
limit state shear yielding should be determined in accordance with Section J10.6 of
AISC and
= 0.90 for LRFD
6.
Beam designflexural.
a.
Flexural strengthgeneral. The design flexural strength, bMn, and the allowable
flexural strength, Mn/ b, should be determined in accordance with Section F1 of
AISC. The nominal flexural strength, Mn, should be determined in accordance with
Sections F2 through F12. (See Table 19.2.)
247
Authorized by AISC.
248
c.
d.
Figure 19-1
Nominal flexural strength as a function of unbraced length and moment gradient
249
e.
f.
Members meeting the criteria of Section F3. (See Table 19.2.) For this group of
beams, the nominal flexural strength, Mn, should be determined in accordance with
Section F3 of AISC, using the lower of the limit states of:
a.
b.
Members meeting the criteria of Section F4. (See Table 19.2.) For this group of
beams, the nominal flexural strength, Mn, should be determined in accordance with
Section F4 of AISC, using the lowest of the limit states of:
(1) lateral-torsional buckling determined from Section F4.2,
(2) compression flange yielding determined from Section F4.1,
(3) compression flange local buckling determined from Section F4.3, and
(4) tension flange yielding determined from Section F4.4.
g.
Members meeting the criteria of Section F5. (See Table 19.2.) For this group of
beams, the nominal flexural strength, Mn, should be determined in accordance with
Section F5 of AISC, using the lowest of the limit states of:
(1) lateral-torsional buckling determined from Section F5.2,
(2) compression flange yielding determined from Section F5.1,
(3) compression flange local buckling determined from Section F5.3, and
(4) tension flange yielding determined from Section F5.4.
h.
I-shaped members and channels bent about their minor axis, meeting the
criteria of Section F6. (See Table 19.2.) For this group of beams, the nominal
flexural strength, Mn, should be determined in accordance with Section F6 of AISC,
using the lower of the limit states of:
(1) yielding (plastic moment), Mp, determined from Section F6.1, and
(2) flange local buckling determined from Section F6.2.
i.
Square and rectangular HSS and box-shaped members meeting the criteria of
Section F7. (See Table 19.2.) For this group of beams, the nominal flexural strength,
Mn, should be determined in accordance with Section F7 of AISC, using the lowest
of the limit states of:
(1) yielding (plastic moment), Mp, determined from Section F7.1,
(2) flange local buckling determined from Section F7.2, and
(3) web local buckling determined from Section F7.3.
j.
Round HSS members meeting the criteria of Section F8. (See Table 19.2.) For this
group of beams, the nominal flexural strength, Mn, should be determined in
accordance with Section F8 of AISC, using the lower of the limit states of:
(1) yielding (plastic moment), Mp, determined from Section F8.1, and
(2) local buckling determined from Section F8.2.
250
k.
Tees and double angles meeting the criteria of Section F9. (See Table 19.2.) For
this group of beams, the nominal flexural strength, Mn, should be determined in
accordance with Section F9 of AISC, using the lowest of the limit states of:
(1) yielding (plastic moment), Mp determined from Section F9.1,
(2) lateral-torsional buckling determined from Section F9.2, and
(3) flange local buckling of Tees determined from Section F9.3.
l.
Single angles meeting the criteria of Section F10. (See Table 19.2.) For this group
of beams, the nominal flexural strength, Mn, should be determined in accordance
with Section F10 of AISC, using the lowest of the limit states of:
(1) yielding (plastic moment), Mp, determined from Section F10.1,
(2) lateral-torsional buckling determined from Section F10.2, and
(3) leg local buckling determined from Section F10.3.
m. Rectangular bars and rounds meeting the criteria of Section F11. (See Table 19.2.)
For this group of beams, the nominal flexural strength, Mn, should be determined in
accordance with Section F11 of AISC, using the lower of the limit states of:
(1) yielding (plastic moment), Mp, determined from Section F11.1, and
(2) lateral-torsional buckling determined from Section F11.2.
n.
All other unsymmetrical shapes. For this group of beams, the nominal flexural
strength, Mn, should be determined in accordance with Section F12 of AISC, using
the lowest of the limit states of:
(1) yielding (plastic moment), Mp, determined from Section F12.1,
(2) lateral-torsional buckling determined from Section F12.2, and
(3) local buckling determined from Section F12.3.
o.
7.
Members subject to combined axial force and bending. Members subject to both
axial force and flexural, or biaxial flexural, forces should be shown to comply with
Sections H1-H3 of AISC.
Beam designshear.
a.
Design shear strength. The design shear strength, vVn, and the allowable flexural
strength, Vn/ v, should be determined in accordance with Section G1 of AISC. The
nominal shear strength, Vn, should be determined in accordance with Sections G2
through G8 and
v
v
b.
v
v
Block shear rupture. At beam end connections where the top flange is coped and
in similar situations, the available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture
251
along a shear failure path or path(s) and a perpendicular tension failure path
should be determined using Equation J4-5 of AISC and
c.
Web sidesway buckling. The web of wide flanges (or similar built-up members) is
subject to compressive single-concentrated forces, where relative lateral movement
between the loaded compression flange and the tension flange is not restrained at
the point of application of the concentrated force. The available strength of the web
for the limit state of sidesway buckling should be determined in accordance with
Section J10.4 of AISC and
= 0.85 for LRFD
f.
Web crippling. The web of wide flanges (or similar built-up members) is subjected
to compressive single-concentrated forces (or compressive component of doubleconcentrated forces). The available strength for the limit state of web crippling
should be determined in accordance with Section J10.3 of AISC and
= 0.75 for LRFD
e.
Web local yielding. The web of wide flanges (and similar built-up members) is
subjected to single-concentrated forces (or double-concentrated forces). The
available strength for the limit state of web local yielding should be determined in
accordance with Section J10.2 of AISC and
Web compression buckling. Both flanges of the beam are subjected to compressive
single-concentrated forces (or compressive components in a pair of doubleconcentrated forces) applied at both flanges at the same location. The available
strength for the limit state of web local buckling should be determined in
accordance with Section J10.5 of AISC and
252
8.
9.
The design of composite axially loaded, encased and filled, members should be in
accordance with Sections I2.1 and I2.2 of AISC, respectively.
Effective width. The portion of the effective width of the concrete slab on each side
of the beam centerline should not exceed: (Section I3.1a of AISC)
(1) one-eighth of the beam span, center-to-center of supports
(2) one-half the distance to the centerline of the adjacent beam
(3) the distance from the beam centerline to the edge of the slab
b.
c.
Where the shear connectors are provided and the concrete meets the requirements
of Section I1.2, the nominal flexural strength should be computed based on the
plastic stress distribution on the composite section or from the strain-compatibility
method and (Section I3.3a(c) of AISC)
d.
Design shear strength. The available shear strength of composite beams with
shear connectors should be determined by the shear strength of the steel web in
accordance with Chapter G of AISC. The available shear strength of concreteencased and filled composite members should be determined based upon the
properties of the steel section alone in accordance with Chapter G or based upon
the properties of the concrete and longitudinal steel reinforcement. (Section I3.1b of
AISC)
Load transferred for positive moment. For full composite action with concrete
subject to flexural compression, the total horizontal shear force, V, between the
253
point of maximum positive moment and the point of zero moment should be taken
as the lowest of the following limit states: (Section I3.2d(1) of AISC)
(1) For the limit state of concrete crushing, 0.85 f c Ac ,
(2) For the limit state of tensile yielding of the steel section, AsFy, and
(3) For the limit state of shear connector strength, Qn.
b.
Load transferred for negative moment. For continuous composite beams where
longitudinal rebar in the negative moment region is considered acting with steel
beam, the total horizontal shear force, V, between the point of maximum negative
moment and the point of zero moment should be taken as the lower of the following
limit states: (Section I3.2d(2) of AISC)
(1) For the limit state of tensile yielding of the slab rebar, ArFyr, and
(2) For the limit state of shear connector strength, Qn.
c.
Strength of stud shear connectors. The nominal strength of one stud shear
connector embedded in solid concrete or in a composite slab should be determined
using Eq. I3-3. Check values of Rp and Rg, according to the table in Section I3.2d(3)
of AISC.
d.
e.
f.
254
Figure 19-2
Placement of shear connectors
(1) Shear connectors should have at least 1 inch (25 mm) of lateral concrete cover,
except for connectors installed in the ribs of formed steel decks.
(2) Unless located directly over the web, the diameter of studs should not be
greater than 21/2 times the thickness of the flange to which they are welded.
(3) The minimum center-to-center spacing of stud connectors should be 6
diameters along the longitudinal axis of the supporting composite beam and 4
diameters transverse to the longitudinal axis of the supporting composite beam,
with the exceptions noted.
(4) The maximum center-to-center spacing of stud connectors should not exceed
eight times the total slab thickness.
12. Composite beams with formed steel deck.
a.
255
(Source: AISC 360 2005 Figure C-13.3,) Reproduced with permission from AISC.
Figure 19-3
General limitations for composite beams with formed steel deck
b.
Provisions for deck ribs oriented perpendicular to steel beam. Section I3.2c(2)
of AISC should be met for composite construction where the steel deck ribs are
oriented perpendicular to the steel beam. (See Figure 19.4.)
(1) Concrete below the top of the steel deck should be neglected when determining
section properties and in calculating Ac. (Section I3.2c(2) of AISC)
(2) To resist uplift, the steel deck should be anchored to compositely designed steel
beams at a spacing not to exceed 18 inches (406 mm). (Section I3.2c(1)(d) of
AISC)
256
Figure 19-4
Provisions for deck ribs oriented parallel to steel beam
Figure 19-5
Provisions for deck ribs oriented parallel to steel beam
c.
Provisions for deck ribs oriented parallel to steel beam. Section I3.2c(3) of AISC
should be met for composite construction where the steel deck ribs are oriented
parallel to the steel beam. (See Figure 19.5.)
(1) Concrete below the top of the steel deck may be included in calculating Ac.
(2) When the nominal depth of steel deck is 11/2 inches (38 mm) or greater, the
average width of the supported haunch or rib should not be less than 2 inches
(50 mm) for the first stud in the transverse row, plus 4 stud diameters for each
additional stud.
257
13. Connections.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Welds and bolts combinations. Bolts should not be sharing the load with welds
unless design provided to show compliance with Section J1.8 of AISC.
14. Welds.
a.
Welds.
(1) All welds should be in accordance with AWS D1.1 unless specifically excluded.
(Section J of AISC)
(2) Fatigue. Welds for item ______________________ are subjected to fatigue loads. It
should be in compliance with Appendix 3 of AISC.
(3) Cyclic loads. Welds for item ______________________ are subjected to cyclic
loads. It should be in compliance with Appendix 3 of AISC.
(4) Seismic loads. Welds for seismic loads should be in compliance with AWS
D1.8, in addition where applicable.
(5) Combination of welds. Two or more of the general types of welds (groove, fillet,
plug, slot) are combined in a single joint; see item ______________________.
Provide calculations to indicate the strength of each separately with reference
to the axis of the group, and the strength of the combination in accordance
with Section J2.5 of AISC.
(6) Filler metal. Specify on plans the electrode for use with complete-jointpenetration groove (CJP) welds subject to tension normal to the effective area
and comply with the requirements for matching filler metals given in AWS D1.1.
(Section J2.6 of AISC)
(7) Notch toughness of filler metal. Filler metal with a specified Charpy V-Notch
(CVN) toughness of 20 ft-lbs (27 J) at 40F (4C) should be used for the following
joints. (J2.6 of AISC) See Item ______________________.
(8) Mixed weld metal. Charpy V-Notch toughness is required for items
______________________. Specify that the process consumables for all weld metal,
tack welds, root pass and subsequent passes deposited in a joint should be
compatible to ensure notch-tough composite weld metal. (J2.7 of AISC) (Refer
to AWS 1.8 for testing procedures for verifying Charpy V-Notch toughness).
258
b.
c.
d.
Fillet welds.
(1) Minimum size. The minimum size of fillet welds should not be less than that
specified in Table J2.4. (Section J2.2b of AISC)
(2) Maximum size. The maximum size of fillet welds along edges of connected
parts should be: (Section J2.2b of AISC)
(a) For material less than 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick, not greater than the thickness
of the material.
(b) For material 1/4 inch (6 mm) or more in thickness, not greater than the
thickness of the material minus 1/16 inch (2 mm).
(3) Minimum effective length. The minimum effective length of fillet welds
designed on the basis of strength should not be less than four times the
nominal size, or else the size of the weld should be considered not to exceed 1/4
of its effective length. (Section J2.2b of AISC)
e.
Plug or slot welds. The following limitations for plug welds should be met. (Section
J2.3b of AISC)
(1) The diameter of the hole for a plug weld should not be less than the thickness
of the part containing it, plus 5/16 inch (8 mm) rounded to the next larger odd
1/
1
16 inch (2 mm), nor greater than the minimum diameter plus /8 inch (3 mm)
or 21/4 times the thickness of the weld.
(2) The minimum center-to-center spacing of plug welds should be four times the
diameter of the hole.
(3) The thickness of plug welds in material 5/8 inch (16 mm) or less in thickness
should be equal to the thickness of the material. In material over 5/8 inch (16
mm) thick, the thickness of the weld should be at least one-half the thickness
of the material but not less than 5/8 inch (16 mm).
f.
g.
Weld access holes. Weld access holes and beam copes should be detailed and
shown on plans in accordance with Figure 19.6 and Section J1.3 of AISC. (Note: for
seismic resistance see Sections 11.2a(1) and 11.2a(2) of AISC-S, or Section
D.9.a.(1).(a) and Figure 19-7 of this Checklist.)
259
Figure 19-5
Weld access hole geometry
15. Bolts.
a.
b.
c.
Minimum edge distance. The distance from the center of a standard hole to an
edge of a connected part should not be less than the appropriate value from Table
J3.4 or as required by Section J3.4 of AISC.
d.
Maximum edge distance and spacing. The maximum distance from the center of
any rivet or bolt to the nearest edge of parts in contact should be 12x the thickness
of the connected part under consideration, or 6 inches (152 mm) maximum as
required by Section J3.5 of AISC.
e.
Bolts and threaded partstension and shear strength. The design tension or
shear strength, Rn, and the allowable tension or shear strength, Rn/ , of a snugtightened or pretensioned high-strength bolt or threaded part should be determined
in accordance with the limit states of tensile rupture and shear rupture and
260
Any tension resulting from prying action produced by deformation of the connected
parts should be considered part of the required tensile strength. (Section J3.6 of
AISC)
f.
g.
h.
High-strength bolts in slip-critical connections. The design for shear of highstrength bolts in slip-critical connections should be in accordance with Section J3.8
of AISC.
i.
Combined tension and shear in slip-critical connections. The design of slipcritical connections subjected to tensile forces should be in accordance with Section
J3.9 of AISC.
2.
The AISC 341 - Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings (2005) including
Supplement No. 1 dated 2006, (AISC-S) should be used, in addition to AISC 360, for the
following:
a.
Design and construction of members and connections in the Seismic Load Resisting
System (SLRS) in buildings when seismic response modification coefficient R 3.
b.
Design and construction of splices in columns that are not part of the SLRS, in
buildings when seismic response modification coefficient R 3.
c.
One or more of the following methods of compliance should be selected for seismic
design: (Sections 2205.2 and 2205.3)
261
Check Here
General. All members and connections of the SLRS should be shown to comply with the
following requirements from AISC 341:
262
Check here
Loads, Load
combinations and
nominal strengths
Section 4
IBC Chapter 2
ASCE 7 Chapters 11 & 12
Material
requirements
Section 6
---
Section 7
Members
Section 8
Section 9
Intermediate
Moment Frames (IMF)
Section 10
Section 11
Check here
2.
Subject
Subject
Special Truss
Moment Frames (STMF)
Section 12
Section 13
Ordinary Concentrically
Braced Frames (OCBF)
Section 14
Section 15
Buckling-Restrained Braced
Frame (BRBF)
Section 16
Section 17
Quality assurance
Section 18
Seismic requirements for systems other than light-framed cold-formed steel wall
systems. The seismic-force-resisting system should be shown to comply with the
following code requirements. For convenience, all applicable modifications to Part I of
AISC Seismic are shown. AISC 341 Part I is noted as AISC-S in this section.
263
3.
4.
b.
Designation of the members and connections that are part of the SLRS
c.
e.
f.
Location of Demand Critical Welds and CVN property of the weld metal according to
Section 7.3b of AISC-S
Note: The CVN requirement is based on lowest anticipated service temperature
(LAST) of 50oF. Adjustment of CVN should be made where LAST is anticipated
to be lower.
g.
h.
Locations and dimensions of the protected zones according to Section 7.4 of AISC-S
i.
j.
k.
264
5.
Bolted joints. Plans should specify all bolts in SLRS be pretensioned highstrength bolts and slip critical faying surfaces according to Section J3.8 of AISC
with Class A surface. The available shear strength of joints using standard holes
should be calculated as bearing type joints in accordance with Sections J3.7 and
J3.10 of AISC. (Section 7.2 of AISC-S)
b.
c.
6.
d.
e.
Continuity plates and stiffeners. Corners of the continuity plates and stiffeners
should be clipped according to Section 7.5 of AISC-S.
Heavy section CVN requirements. Structures in SLRS, hot rolled shapes with
flanges 11/2 in. (38 mm) or thicker should have a minimum CVN of 20 ft-lb (27J) at
70F (21C) in accordance with ASTM A6. Plates 2 in. (50 mm) or thicker should
have a minimum CVN of 20 ft-lb (27J) at 70F (21C) in accordance with ASTM A673,
in addition to the requirements of Section A3.1c of AISC. (Section 6.3 of AISC-S)
b.
Sections for local buckling. All SLRS members, unless designated otherwise,
should be compact sections in according to Table B4.1 of AISC. (Section 8.2a of
AISC-S)
c.
d.
Column strength. When Pu/ cPn (LRFD) > 0.4 or cPa/Pn (ASD) > 0.4, the columns
should have the required strength to resist the axial loads resulting from the
following load combinations (including seismic overstrength or amplified seismic
effect): [AISC-S, Section 8.3]
Axial Compression: 1.2D + f1L + 0.2S + oQE
oQE
265
e.
SLRS column splices. The required strength of column splices in SLRS should
exceed the strength determined from Section 8.3 and from the following load
combinations (including seismic overstrength or amplified seismic effect): [AISC-S,
Section 8.4a]
Axial Compression: 1.2D + f1L + 0.2S +
Axial Tension: 0.9D
oQE
oQE
SLRS column splices subject to net tensile load effect. SLRS column splices
subject to a calculated net tensile load effect, calculated using Eqs. 16-22 and 1623 of IBC, should comply with the following according to Section 8.4a of AISC-S:
(1) If using PJP, the available strength of the PJP should be at least 2x the
required strength.
(2) Available strength for each flange splice should be at least 0.5 RyFyAf (LRFD) or
(0.5/1.5) RyFyAf (ASD).
Column splices should be detailed in accordance with Section 8.4a of AISC-S.
7.
g.
h.
Column bases and anchor rods. Required strength of column bases should be
calculated according to Section 8.5 of AISC-S. Available strength of anchor rods
should be determined according to Section J3 of AISC.
i.
H-Piles. H-Piles should be seismically compact and designed according to AISC and
Section 8.6 of AISC-S.
= 3, Cd = 5
b.
266
c.
Welds. All CJP welds connecting beams and columns of the SLRS, not prequalified
by Section 9.2b, should be Demand Critical Welds and meet the requirements of
Section 7.3b. (Section 9.2c of AISC-S)
d.
e.
Panel zone.
(1) Shear strength. Required minimum shear strength of the panel zone should be
determined based on prequalification, but not less than determined from the
summation of the moments at the column faces as determined by projecting
the expected moments at the plastic hinge points to the column faces. Nominal
shear strength, Rv, should be the limit state of shear yielding in accordance
with Section J10.6 and (Section 9.3a of AISC-S)
Vu = v Rv
= 1.00 for LRFD
Va = Rv/ v
= 1.50 for ASD
(2) Thicknesses of webs and doubler plates. The individual thickness t of column
webs and doubler plates, if used, should be at least (dz + wz)/90 (Eq. 9-2 of
AISC-S). Thickness should not be combined unless column web and doubler
plates are plug welded to prevent local buckling and meet the same equation.
(Section 9.3b of AISC-S)
(3) Doubler plates construction. Doubler plates should be shown to comply with
the requirements of Section 9.3c of AISCS.
f.
g.
Continuity plates. Continuity plates should be provided and be consistent with the
prequalified connection or be qualified. (Section 9.5 of AISC-S)
h.
i.
pc/
267
(2) Brace strength. Each brace should have required strength equal to 2 percent
of the available beam flange strength. (Note: this beam is the beam as part of
the SLRS.)
Fy bf tbf for LRFD
Beam lateral bracing. Both flanges of SMF beams should be braced directly or
indirectly in accordance with AISC-S, Section 9.8 or as prequalified.
(1) Design of braces should be in accordance with Equations A-6-7 and A-6-8 of
Appendix 6 of AISC where
Mr = Mu = Ry Z Fy for LRFD,
Cd = 1.0
8.
Column splices. SMF column splices should be made with CJP Demand Critical
Welds in accordance with Section 9.9, in addition to Sections 7.3b, 8.4a and 9.9 of
AISC-S. When column splices are not made with groove welds, they should have
required flexural strength comply with strength requirements in Section 9.9 of
AISC-S.
= 3, Cd = 4
The requirements for IMF are the same as those for SMF except as modified by Section
10 of AISC-S.
a.
268
(3) The required shear strength of the connection should be determined using the
earthquake load effect E as in Equation 9-1, using load combinations that
includes the oQE and comply with Section 9.2A of AISC-S.
b.
c.
Welds. All CJP welds connecting beams and columns of the SLRS, not prequalified
by Section 9.2b, should be Demand Critical Welds and meet the requirements of
Section 7.3b. (Section 10.2c of AISC-S)
d.
e.
Panel zone. Panel zone should be as required in accordance with Section J10.6 of
AISC.
f.
g.
Continuity plates. Continuity plates should be provided and be consistent with the
prequalified connection or be qualified. (Section 9.5 of AISC-S)
h.
i.
j.
Beam lateral bracing. Both flanges of SMF beams should be braced directly or
indirectly in accordance with AISC-S, Section 10.8, or as prequalified.
(1) Design of braces should be in accordance with Equations A-6-7 and A-6-8 of
Appendix 6 of AISC where:
Mr = Mu = Ry Z Fy for LRFD,
Cd = 1.0
Cd = 1.0
269
k.
9.
Column splices. IMF column splices should be made with CJP Demand Critical
Welds in accordance with Sections 8.4a, 7.3b and 10.9 of AISC-S.
= 3, Cd = 3
or the maximum moment that can be developed by the system, whichever is less.
(Section 11.2a of AISC-S)
(1) FR connections. FR connections should meet the following requirements of
Section 11.2a of AISC-S:
(a) Construction of the connection and geometry of the weld access hole
should be in accordance with Sections 11.2a(1) and 11.2a(2). See Figure
19.7 for detail of the acceptable access hole geometry. Single-sided PJP and
single-sided Fillet welds should not be used to resist tensile forces.
(b) Required strength of double-sided PJP and double-sided Fillet welds that
resist tensile forces should be:
270
Figure 19-7
Weld access hole geometry for seismic (based on FEMA 350)
(b) Strength and stiffness of the connections considered in the system design,
including overall frame stability.
(c) Shear strength should be according to Section 11.2b(4) of AISC-S.
b.
Welds. All CJP welds connecting beams and columns of the SLRS, not prequalified
by Section 9.2b, should be Demand Critical Welds and meet the requirements of
Section 7.3b. (Section 10.2c of AISC-S)
c.
271
(2) Continuity plates should be provided or show that tcf is equal or higher than
both 0.54 (b f t bf Fyb / Fyc ) and bf/6.
(3) Continuity plates thickness should be
1/ t
2 bf
(4) Continuity plates thickness should be at least equal to the thicker of beam
flanges for two-sided connections.
(5) Welding of the continuity plates should be in accordance with Section 11.5 of
AISC-S.
(6) Strength of the joints should be checked in accordance with Section 11.5 of
AISC-S.
= 3, Cd = 51/2
Figure 19-8
Special truss moment frame requirements
b.
Special segment. The special segment of STMFs should comply with the
requirements of Section 12.2 of AISC-S. (See Figure 19.8.)
272
(1) The length of the special segment should be between 0.1x and 0.5x the truss
span length.
(2) The length-to-depth ratio, lp/dp of any panel in the special segment should be:
1.5 lp/dp 0.67.
(3) Bolted connections should not be used for web members within the special
segment.
(4) Splicing of chord members is not permitted within the special segment, nor
within one-half the panel length from the ends of the special segment.
(5) The special segment should be designated as Protected Zone and comply with
Section 7.4 of AISC-S.
(6) Axial forces that are due to factored dead plus live loads in diagonal web
members within the special segment should not exceed:
0.03Fy Ag for LRFD
c.
Strength of special segment members. The top and bottom chord members in the
special segment should be made of identical sections and should provide at least 25
percent of the required vertical shear strength in the fully yielded state. The
required axial strength in the chord members should not exceed: (Section 12.3 of
AISC-S)
0.45
Where
Fy Ag
0.45Fy Ag/
Where
d.
e.
Width-thickness ratios. All members within the special segment should be made
of seismically compact sections according to Section 12.5 of AISC-S.
f.
Lateral bracing. The top and bottom truss chords should be laterally braced,
spaced, and have the strengths and stiffnesses in accordance with Section 12.6 of
AISC-S.
Note: STMFs are required to be designed to maintain the elastic behavior of the truss
members, columns and all connections except for the members of the special segment.
Strong column/weak truss requirements similar to strong column weak beam
requirements of SMFs (Section 9.6, AISC-S) is implied. (AISC-S Commentary C12.4)
273
= 2, Cd = 5
a.
Maximum slenderness ratio for bracing members. The Kl/r for bracing members
should not exceed 4 E / Fy . (Section 13.2a of AISC-S)
b.
(2) Calculated maximum load effect that can be transferred to the brace by the
system.
c.
Lateral force distribution in braced frames. The seismic lateral force along any
line of bracing should be distributed to the various members so that neither the
sum of the horizontal components of the forces in members acting in tension nor
the sum of the horizontal components of forces in members acting in compression
is less than 30 percent or more than 70 percent of the total force, except as noted
in AISC-S, Section 13.2c.
d.
e.
Design forces for bracing connections. Bracing connections, including beam-tocolumn connections (if part of the bracing system), should have the strength to
resist the lesser of the following: (AISC-S, Section 13.3a)
(1) Expected tensile yield strength of the bracing member:
Ry Fy Ag for LRFD
(2) The maximum calculated load effect that can be transferred to the brace by the
system.
f.
274
of the brace about the critical buckling axis, except as noted in AISC-S, Section
13.3c.
g.
h.
V-type and inverted V-type (Chevron) bracing requirements. V-type and inverted
V-type bracing (see Figure 19.9) should be shown to comply with the following
requirements, with the exceptions noted in AISC-S, Section 13.4a.
Figure 19-9
Bracing configurations
275
(4) At least one set of lateral braces is required at the point of intersection of
braces. Each brace should have required strength equal to 2 percent of the
available beam flange strength:
Fy bf tbf for LRFD
i.
K-type bracing limitations. K-type bracing (see Figure 19.9) should not be used as
SCBF in accordance with Section 13.4b of AISC-S.
j.
Column splices. Column splices should meet the requirements in Section 8.4.
They should be designed to develop 50 percent of the available flexural strength of
the smaller connected section. The required shear strength should be: (Section 13.5
of AISC-S)
Mpc/H for LRFD
k.
l.
SCBF above EBF. SCBF as the top story of an EBF of five stories or more should
comply with requirements in Section 13 of AISC-S with system factors of EBF.
(Section 15.1 of AISC-S)
= 2, Cd = 31/4
Maximum slenderness ratio for bracing members. The Kl/r for bracing members
in K, V or inverted-V configurations should not exceed 4 E / Fy . (Section 14.2 of
AISC-S)
b.
Special bracing configuration requirements. Beams in V-type and inverted Vtype OCBF and columns in K-type OCBF should be continuous at bracing
connections away from the beam-column connection. (Section 14.3 of AISC-S)
(1) Beam strength. Required strength of these beams should be determined to be
capable of supporting all tributary gravity loads, presuming the bracing is
nonexistent. (Section 14.3(1) of AISC-S) For load combinations including
seismic effects, the required strength should be determined as follows: (Section
14.3(1)(a) of AISC-S)
(a) Tensile forces in beam braces should be assumed to be equal to:
276
Ry Fy Ag for LRFD
But not exceed the calculated maximum force that can be developed by the
system for V- and inverted V-type OCBF. (Section 14.3(1)(a) of AISC-S)
(b) Compressive forces in beam braces should be assumed to be equal to:
(Section 14.3(1)(b) of AISC-S)
0.3 Pn for LRFD
(2) Beam lateral bracingspacing. Both flanges of beams should be braced with
maximum spacing as specified in Section 1.7 of Appendix 1 of AISC. (Section
14.3(2) of AISC-S)
(3) Beam lateral bracingstrength. Design of lateral braces for beams should be
in accordance with Equations A-6-7 of Appendix 6 of AISC where: (Section
14.3(2) of AISC-S)
Mr = Mu = Ry Z Fy for LRFD,
Cd = 1.0
Cd = 1.0
(4) Beam lateral bracingstiffness. Stiffness of braces should be based on Eq. A6-8 of Appendix 6 of AISC. (Section 14.3(2) of AISC-S)
(5) Beam lateral bracingstrength of braces. At least one set of lateral braces is
required at the point of intersection of braces. Each brace should have required
strength equal to 2 percent of the available beam flange strength: (Section
14.3(2) of AISC-S)
Fy bf tbf for LRFD
c.
d.
Design forces for bracing connections. Bracing connections should have the
required strength to resist the lesser of the following: (AISC-S, Section 14.3a)
(1) Limit state of bolt slip
(2) Required tensile yield strength
Ry Fy Ag for LRFD
277
(3) The force in the brace that is due to load combinations considering seismic
overstrength or amplified seismic load
(4) The calculated maximum force that can be transferred to the brace by the
system
e.
f.
OCBF above Seismic Isolation System. OCBF above Seismic Isolation System
should comply with Sections 14.1, 14.4 and 14.5 of AISC-S).
g.
OCBF above EBF. OCBF as the top story of an EBF of five stories or more should
comply with requirements in Section 14 with system factors of EBF. (Section 15.1
of AISC-S)
= 2, Cd = 4
Link beam requirements. The following requirements for link beams should be
met: [AISC-S, Section 15.2]
(1) Maximum width-thickness ratio. Braces (of OCBF) should be seismically
compact sections. (Section 15.2a of AISC-S)
(2) Link beam web. The web of the link beam should be single thickness without
doubler plate reinforcement and without web penetrations. (Section 15.2a of
AISC-S)
(3) Link shear strength. The link beam available shear strength should be
determined in accordance with Section 15.2b of AISC-S and
(4) Link maximum rotation angle. The link rotation angle should not exceed the
limitations set in Section 15.2c of AISC-S.
b.
Link beam length. The length of the link should not exceed that given by Equation
15-3 or 15-4. (Section 15.2b of AISC-S)
c.
Link beam stiffeners. Link beam full depth web stiffeners and welds should satisfy
the requirements of AISC-S, Section 15.3.
d.
Link beam to column connection. Where a link beam is connected to the column,
the requirements of AISC-S, Section 15.4, should be met.
e.
Lateral bracing of link beam. Both flanges of beams should be braced at the end
of the link. (Section 15.5 of AISC-S)
(1) Lateral bracingstrength. Required strength of braces at end of link should
be 0.06 Mr/ho,
278
Mr = Mu = Ry Z Fy for LRFD,
Cd = 1.0
Cd = 1.0
Diagonal brace and beam outside of link. The diagonal brace and beam outside of
link should be designed in accordance with Section 15.6 of AISC-S.
g.
h.
Column strength. The required column strength should satisfy the prescribed
forces, except that the axial forces and moments introduced into the column should
not be less than those generated by the expected nominal strength of the link
multiplied by 1.1. [AISC-S, Section 15.8]
i.
Protected zones. Links in EBFs are protected zones. Welding on link beam other
than for attachment of link stiffeners should not be permitted. (Sections 7.4 and
15.9 of AISC-S)
j.
Demand Critical Welds. CJP welds attaching the link flanges and the link web to
the column are Demand Critical Welds and should comply with Section 7.3b.
(Section 15.10 of AISC-S)
= 2.5 or 2, Cd = 5 or 6
= 2, Cd = 6
General. The design, construction and quality of composite steel and concrete
components that resist seismic forces should conform to the requirements of AISC
360 and ACI 318. (Section 2205.3)
b.
c.
279
20. Wood
Applicable standards:
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-05)
Wood Construction DataPlank and Beam Framing for Residential Buildings (AF&PA WCD
No. 489)
Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two-family Dwellings (AF&PA WFCM01)
Technical ReportBasic Requirements for Permanent Wood Foundation System (AF&PA T.R.
No. 787)
National Design Specification for Wood Construction with 2005 Supplement (AF&PA NDS-05)
Span Tables for Joists and Rafters (AF&PA-93)
AF&PA Supplement Special Design Provisions for Wind and Seismic (AF&PA SDPWS05)
A. General. The design of structural elements or systems, constructed partially or wholly of
wood or wood-based products, should be in accordance with Allowable Stress Design (ASD),
Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD), or Conventional Light-Frame construction in
accordance with the respective sections. (Section 2301.2)
Conventional construction
1.
Special inspection required. Special inspection should be provided for the fabrication
process of prefabricated wood structural elements and assemblies in accordance with
Section 1704.2.
2.
280
3.
Truss design drawings. Trusses should be designed in accordance with the provisions
of this code and accepted engineering practice. Truss design drawings should be provided to the building official and approved prior to installation. Truss design drawings
should include, as a minimum, the following information: (Section 2303.4.1)
a.
b.
Location of joints
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
Adjustments to lumber and metal connector plate design values for conditions of
use
l.
m. Metal connector plate type, size, thickness or gage, and the dimensioned location of
each metal connector plate except where symmetrically located relative to the joint
interface
n.
o.
field splices
p.
Calculated deflection ratio and/or maximum deflection for live and total load
q.
r.
4.
Truss placement diagram. Truss placement diagram should identify the proposed
location for each individually designated truss and references the corresponding truss
design drawing. The truss placement diagram should be provided as part of the truss
submittal package, and with the shipment of trusses delivered to the job site. (Section
2303.4.1.3)
5.
281
a.
The trusses should be designed so that the buckling of any individual truss member can be resisted internally by the structure, e.g., buckling member T-bracing, Lbracing, etc., of the individual truss. The truss individual member buckling
reinforcement should be installed as shown on the truss design drawing or on
supplemental truss member buckling reinforcement diagrams.
b.
6.
Truss submittal package. The truss submittal package should consist of each individual truss design drawing, the truss placement diagram for the project, the truss
member permanent bracing specification and, as applicable, the cover sheet/truss
index sheet. (Section 2303.4.1.4)
7.
Alterations to trusses. Truss members and components should not be cut, notched,
drilled, spliced or otherwise altered in any way without written approval of a registered
design professional. Alterations resulting in the addition of loads to any member, e.g.,
HVAC equipment or water heater, should be verified that the truss is capable of
supporting such additional loading. (Section 2303.4.1.7)
8.
Metal-plate-connected trusses. Design, manufacture and quality assurance of metalplate-connected wood trusses should be in accordance with TPI 1, National Design Standards for Metal-plate-connected Wood Truss Construction, published by the Truss Plate
Institute (TPI), in addition to Sections 2303.4.1 through 2303.4.1.7.
Manufactured trusses should comply with Section 1704.6 as applicable. (Section
2303.4.2)
2.
Wall framing: bottom plates. Studs should be shown on the plans to have full bearing
on a 2x (actual 11/2 inches, 38 mm) or larger plate or sill having a width at least equal to
the width of the studs. (Section 2304.3.1)
3.
Minimum thickness for wall sheathing. Wall sheathing should have a minimum
thickness of _________ in accordance with Table 2304.6. (Section 2304.6)
4.
5.
6.
Mechanically laminated floors and decks. Mechanically laminated floors and decks
should comply with the requirements of Sections 2304.8.1 through 2304.8.3.
282
7.
Tongue-and-groove decking. Two-inch sawn tongue-and-groove decking should comply with Section 2304.8.4. Three- and 4-inch should comply with Section 2304.8.5.
8.
Minimum fastener requirements. The number and size of nails connecting wood
members should be designed in accordance with the appropriate methodology in
Section 2301.2, but not be less than that set forth in Table 2304.9.1. (Section 2304.9.1)
9.
10. Load path. A continuous load path should be provided in the following location(s):
______________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________
Sheet metal clamps, ties or clips should be formed of galvanized steel not less than
0.040-inch (1.01 mm) nominal thickness. (Section 2304.9.6)
11. Columns and posts. Wood columns and posts should be framed to provide full end
bearing. Column and post end connections should be fastened to resist lateral and net
induced uplift forces. (Section 2304.9.7)
12. Protection against decay and termites. The following type of protection against decay
and termites should be provided at the following locations in accordance with Section
2304.11:
Location or wood component
13. Wood cannot support masonry or concrete. Effects of long-term loading for wood
used to support masonry or concrete at the following locations should be indicated, and
total deflection shown to comply with Section 2304.12:
______________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
14. Openings. Window and door openings in walls should have structural members
supporting and transferring loads to vertical members. (Section 2304.3.2)
15. Height limits. Wood walls and bearing partitions should not support more than two
floors and a roof. Provide analysis to justify the design in accordance with Sections
106.1 and 2304.3.3.
283
1.
Boundary elements. Boundary elements should be provided for the following shear
walls (diaphragms) in accordance with Section 2305.1.2.
______________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2.
Openings in shear panels. The following openings in shear panels should be fully detailed on the plans, and should have their edges adequately reinforced to transfer all
shearing stresses. (Sections 2304.3.2 and 2305.1.3)
______________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3.
4.
5.
284
Permissible deflection. Deflection up to which the diaphragm and any attached distributing or resisting element will maintain its structural integrity
under design load conditions, such that the resisting element will continue to
support design loads without danger to occupants of the structure.
(Section 2305.2.2)
6.
7.
Diaphragm construction.
8.
9.
a.
b.
Panel thickness for horizontal diaphragm should not be less than the values set
forth in Tables 2304.7(3), 2304.7(4) and 2304.7(5) for corresponding joist spacing
and loads. (Section 2305.2.4)
c.
Diaphragm anchorage.
a.
Anchorage of diaphragm to concrete or masonry structural walls should be designed to resist out-of plane forces in accordance with Section 1604.8.2 and Section
12.11.2 of ASCE 7.
b.
For structures in SDC C F, anchorage of diaphragm to concrete or masonry structural walls should comply with additional requirements of Section 1604.8.2 and
Section 12.11.2.2 of ASCE 7.
c.
In SDC C F, wood diaphragm anchorage should not be accomplished by use toenails or nails subject to withdrawal. (Section 12.11.2.2.3 of ASCE 7)
Open front structures and cantilevers with rigid wood diaphragms. The dimensional
requirements shown in Figure 20.1 for open front structures and cantilevers with rigid
diaphragms should be met in accordance with Section 2305.2.5.
10. Seismic requirement for diaphragms and shear walls (SDC F). In SDC F structures,
wood structural panel sheathing for diaphragms and shear walls should be applied directly to the framing members. (Section 2305.2.4.1)
11. Shear wall deflection check. Shear wall deflections should be checked in accordance
with Equation 23.2 of Section 2305.3.2.
12. Shear wall construction. Shear walls should be constructed in accordance with Section 2305.3.3. Panel thickness for shear walls should not be less than the values set
forth in Table 2304.6.1 for corresponding framing spacing and loads. (Section 2305.3.3)
285
13. Shear wall aspect ratios. Shear walls should not exceed the maximum height-width
ratio set forth in Table 2305.3.4. (Section 2305.3.4) (See Figure 20-2 for definitions of
height, width and height-width ratio.)
Figure 20-1
Dimensional limits for open structures with rigid wood diaphragms
(Section 2305.2.5)
286
Figure 20-2
Definition of shear wall height, width, and height-to-width ratio
14. Overturning restraint for shear walls. Anchoring devices should be provided to resist
uplift, and should be part of the continuous load path. (Section 2305.3.7)
15. Shear walls with openings. The design of shear walls with openings should meet the
requirements of Section 2305.3.8 or SDPWS in accordance with one of the following
procedures:
a. Force transfer around openings in accordance with Section 2305.3.8.1
b. Perforated shear wall design in accordance with Section 2305.3.8.2
16. Summing dissimilar shear panel capacities. The shear values for dissimilar materials
applied to both faces of the same wall should not be additive. (Section 2305.3.9)
17. No shear strength for adhesives (SDC D F). Adhesive attachment should not be
used to provide shear strength for shear wall design in SDC D, E or F. (Section
2305.3.10)
18. Sill plate size and anchorage (SDC D F). Sill plates, shear wall framing and their
anchorage should be provided in accordance with Section 2305.3.11. Plate washers of
minimum 0.229 x 3 x 3 should be provided between sill plate and nut for anchor
bolts for shear walls. Plate washers may have diagonally slotted holes in accordance
287
with Section 2305.3.11, provided a standard cut washer is placed between the plate
washer and nut. (Section 2305.3.11)
19. Cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension. Designs that induce tensile stress
perpendicular to wood grain should be avoided. When cross-grain bending or crossgrain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement should be provided. (Section
3.8.2 of NDS)
Wood diaphragms in structures in SDC C F require continuous ties between diaphragm chords in addition to the diaphragm sheathing. Wood ledgers or framing should
not be subjected to cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension. (Section 12.11.2.2.3 of
ASCE 7)
D. Allowable Stress Design (ASD).
The structural analysis and construction of wood elements in structures using allowable design methods (ASD) should be in accordance with Sections 2301 through 2306, National
Design Specification for Wood Construction (NDS) by the American Forest & Paper
Association (AF&PA), and other standards listed in Section 2306.1.
1.
Stress increases not allowed. Increases in allowable stresses specified in Chapter 23,
NDS or SDPWS, should not be used with the basic ASD load combinations of Section
1605.3.1, or Section 2.4.1 of ASCE 7, except the duration factor, CD may be used
(Section 1605.3.1.1)
2.
Wind and Seismic design. Design for wind and seismic forces are permitted to be in
accordance with the Special Design Provisions for Wind and Seismic (SDPWS) by AF&PA
as an alternate to Section 2305. (Section 2305.1 and NDS Section C14.1)
3.
Dead loads. Dead loads should be considered permanent loads (Section 1606.1), and Cd
should be 0.9. (NDS Table 2.3.2)
4.
Reference design value. Reference design values should be multiplied by all applicable
adjustment factors to determine adjusted design value. (Section 2.3.1 of NDS)
F.
Reference design value. Reference design value should be multiplied by all applicable
adjustment factors to determine adjusted design value. (Section 2.3.1 of NDS)
288
a.
Load duration factor, CD, in accordance with Section 2.3.2 of NDS (ASD only) (See
Table 20.1). The CD factor should not be used to structural members pressure
treated with water-borne preservatives or fire retardant chemicals in accordance
with Section 2306.1.3, or to connections in accordance with Footnote 2 to Table
2.3.2 of NDS.
Table 20-1 Frequently used load duration factors, C D1
(Source: NDS-05, Table 2.3.2, reproduced with permission from AF&PA)
Load Duration
CD
Permanent
0.9
Dead Load
Ten years
1.0
Two months
1.15
Snow load
Seven days
1.25
Construction load
Ten minutes
1.6
Wind/earthquake load
2.0
Impact load
Impact
1. Load duration factors shall not apply to reference modulus of elasticity, E, reference modules of elasticity for beam and
column stability, Emin, nor to reference compression perpendicular to grain design values, Fc , based on a deformation
limits.
2. Load duration factors greater than 1.6 shall not apply to structural members pressure-treated with water-borne preservatives (see Reference 30), or fire retardant chemicals. The impact load duration factor shall not apply to connections.
b.
c.
Temperature factor, Ct, in accordance with Section and Table 2.3.3 of NDS.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Incising factor, Ci, in accordance with Section 4.3.8 and Table 4.3.8 of NDS.
h.
Repetitive member factor, Cr, in accordance with Section 4.3.9 of NDS, as modified
by Section and Table 2306.2.1, where wall studs are resisting out-of-plane wind
loads.
i.
j.
k.
l.
o.
p.
Single pile factor, Csp, in accordance with Section and Table 6.3.11 of NDS.
q.
r.
Other adjustment factors for connections, C , Cd, Ceg, Cst, Cdi, Ctn, are defined in
Chapters 11, 12 or 13 of NDS.
289
s.
Format conversion factor, KF, in accordance with Appendix Section N.3.1 of NDS
(LRFD only).
t.
Resistance factor,
only).
u. Time effect factor, , in accordance with Appendix Section N.3.3 of NDS (LRFD only).
2.
Adjustment factors for other applications. Applicable adjustment factors for other
applications should in accordance with the following sections of NDS respectively:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
290
3.
4.
Fire-retardant-treated wood.
a.
Allowable design values for wood, including fastener values, that have been pressure-treated with fire-retardant chemicals (vary depending on the type of chemical,
application and proposed condition of use.) It should be justified in accordance with
Section 2306.1.3. (Section 2306.1.3 and NDS Section 2.3.4)
b.
Load duration factor, CD, in Table 2.3.2 and Section 2.3.2 of NDS for impact load
should not apply. (Table 20-1, footnote 2, and IBC Section 2306.1.3)
Beam design. Design of bending members should be in accordance with Sections 3.2
through 3.5 of NDS.
a.
Span length. The span should be the distance from face-to-face of supports plus
1/ the required length of bearing at each end. (Section 3.2.1 of NDS)
2
b. Notching. Notching of beams should meet the requirements of Sections 4.4.3, 5.4.4,
7.4.4 and 8.4.1, and should be done in gradual taper cut to reduce stress
concentrations. (Section 3.2.3.1 of NDS) The following limitations should be
adhered to:
(1) Notches in sawn lumber should not exceed 1/6 the depth of the member and
should not be located in the middle 1/3 of the span. (Section 4.4.3.2 of NDS)
(See Figure 20-3.)
(2) Where sawn lumber beams are notched at the ends, the notch depth should
not exceed 1/4 the beam depth. (Section 4.4.3.1 of NDS)
(3) The tension side of sawn lumber bending members of 4 inches (102 mm) or
greater nominal thickness should not be notched except at ends of members for
bearing over a support. (Section 4.4.3.2 of NDS)
291
Figure 20-3
Notch limitations for sawn lumber beams
(4) The tension side of glued-laminated timber and structural composite lumber
bending members should not be notched, except at the ends of members for
bearing over the support, and notch depth should not exceed 1/10 of the
member depth or 3 inches. (Sections 5.4.4 and 8.4.1.1 of NDS)
(5) The compression side of structural glued-laminated timber and structural
composite lumber bending members should not be notched, except at the
ends of members; and notch depth on the compression side should not exceed
2/5 of the member depth. It should not extend into the middle 1/3 of the span.
(Sections 5.4.4 and 8.4.1.1 of NDS)
(6) The shear at notching should be shown to be within the values set forth in
Section 3.4.3 of NDS.
(7) Prefabricated wood I-joists should not be notched unless it is part of the
design. (Section 7.4.4 of NDS)
c.
d.
Lateral support for stability. Solid-sawn rectangular lumber beams, rafters and
joists should be supported laterally in accordance with the prescriptive requirements set forth in Sections 4.4.1.2 and 4.4.1.3 of NDS, or the allowable stresses
should be reduced by the beam stability factor set forth in Section 3.3.3 of NDS.
(Section 4.4.1 of NDS)
e.
292
Deflection. Effects of deflection that are due to bending, shear deflection and longterm loading should be considered in accordance with Section 3.5 of NDS.
b.
c.
Figure 20-4
Simple solid column
293
d.
e.
6.
Bearing at angle to grain. The allowable bearing design value at an angle to grain
should be computed from Hankinsons Formula in accordance with Section 3.10.3 of
NDS.
7.
8.
Round timber poles and piles. Round timber poles and piles should be designed in
accordance with Chapter 6 of NDS.
9.
Dowel-type fasteners, such as bolts, lag screws, wood screws, nails, spikes, drift
bolts and drift pins (Chapter 11 of NDS)
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
294
Multiple fasteners. Multiple fasteners of same type and similar size with same
yield mode as illustrated in Fig. I1 of NDS Appendix I should be designed in accordance with Section 10.2.2 of NDS. Local stresses in connections using multiple
connections should be checked in accordance with Section 10.1.2 of NDS.
b.
c.
13. Connections adjustment factors. Nominal design values for connections (z, w)
should be multiplied by all applicable adjustment factors to determine allowable design
values (z , w ). (Section 10.3.1 of NDS) See Table 19.2.
295
b.
Maximum bolt diameter in wood connections. Bolt diameters in wood connections should not be more than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter. (Commentary Section
C11.1.2 of NDS)
c.
Reference withdraw design value for single shear and symmetrical double
shear connections. Reference design value, Z, should be the minimum computed
yield mode value using equations in Tables 11.3.1A and B of NDS, determined in
accordance with Section 11.3.1 of NDS.
d.
296
e.
Edge distances. Edge distances for bolt holes should be provided in accordance
with Section 11.5.1 and Table 11.5.1A of NDS. (Section 11.1.2.4 of NDS)
f.
End distances. End distances for bolt holes should be provided in accordance with
Section 11.5.1 and Table 11.5.1B of NDS. (Section 11.1.2.4 of NDS)
g.
Spacing. Bolt spacing should be provided in accordance with Section 11.5.1 and
Table 11.5.1C of NDS. (Section 11.1.2.4 of NDS)
h.
Spacing between rows of bolts. The minimum spacing between rows of bolts
should be provided in accordance with Section 11.5.1 and Table 11.5.1D of NDS.
(Section 11.1.2.4 of NDS)
Combined lateral and withdraw loads. Lag screw subjected to combined lateral
and withdraw loads should be designed in accordance with Section 11.4.1 of NDS.
Type of nail. Plans should specify types of nail, minimum lengths and diameter for
the nails to be used, in accordance with Section 11.1.5.1 of NDS. (See Table 20.5)
297
b.
Strength. Plans should specify the bending yield strength for the determination of
lateral design value in accordance with Section 11.3.1 of NDS. Actual tensile stress
in the nail should be checked when designing nailed connections for withdrawal.
(C11.1.5 of NDS)
c.
d.
e.
No withdrawal value for end grain. Nails should not be loaded in withdrawal from
end grain of wood. (Section 11.2.3.2 of NDS)
f.
Lateral design values. Reference lateral design values for nails should be determined in accordance with Section 11.3.1 of NDS.
g.
Combined lateral and withdraw loads. Nail subjected to combined lateral and
withdraw loads should be designed in accordance with Section 11.4.2 of NDS.
17. Wood structural panels. Engineering design of wood structural panels, including plywood, oriented strand board (OSB) and composite panels, should be in accordance with
Chapter 9 of NDS, as defined by Section 9.1.3 of NDS.
a.
Identification. Wood structural panels should be identified for grade and glue type
by the trademarks of an approved testing and grading agency. (Section 9.1.2.1 of
NDS) Plans should show span rating, nominal thickness, exposure rating and grade.
(Section 9.1.2.2 of NDS)
b.
298
Design of wood structural panel and lumber sheathed shear walls and diaphragms
acting as elements of the lateral force resisting system should be in accordance
with Section 2305 or AF&PA Special Design Provisions for Wind and Seismic
(SDPWS) and Chapter 14 of NDS.
b.
Dissimilar shear panels. The shear values for dissimilar materials applied to both
faces of the same wall should not be additive. (Section 2305.3.9)
19. Wood diaphragms. Wood diaphragms should meet the requirements of Section 2306.3
or SDPWS.
a.
b.
Framing at adjoining panel edges. Framing at adjoining panel edges of diaphragms should be 3-inch nominal or wider in accordance with Footnote (c) or (d)
to Table 2306.3.1.
c.
d.
20. Shear walls. Shear walls should meet the requirements of Section 2306.4.
a.
Repetitive member factor wind. Where wall studs are used to resist out-ofplane wind loads, in lieu of the Repetitive Member Factor, Cr of Section 4.3.9 of
NDS, the wall stud bending stress increase factor in Table 2306.2.1 applies (Section
2306.2.1).
b.
c.
d.
Galvanized nails used in shear walls. Plans should indicate that galvanized nails
are hot-dipped or tumbled in accordance with Footnote j to Table 2306.4.1.
e.
Shear wall details. Shear walls should be detailed in accordance with Footnote ___
to Table 2306.4.1
299
Figure 20-5
Illustration of 3x framing at adjoining panel edges
2.
General. Conventional light-frame construction should meet the requirements of Section 2308. Other methods may be used, provided a satisfactory design is submitted
showing compliance with the code. (Section 2308.1)
a.
b.
c.
Construction documents. Construction documents for buildings constructed in accordance with the conventional light-frame construction provisions of Section 2308 should
indicate the following structural design information on plans: (Section 1603.1)
a.
b.
300
3.
c.
Basic wind speed (3-second gust), miles per hour (mph) (km/hr) and wind
exposure.
d.
e.
Flood design data, if located in flood hazard areas established in Section 1612.3.
The maximum number of stories above grade should be limited in accordance with
the following table:
Maximum Number of Stories for Conventional Construction
Seismic Design Category
4.
b.
Bearing wall floor-to-floor heights should not exceed 10 feet (3048 mm), plus height
of floor framing up to 16 inches (406 mm). (Section 2308.2, Item 2)
c.
Average dead loads should not exceed 15 psf (718 N/m2) for combined roof and ceiling, exterior walls, floors and partitions with exceptions for certain stone or
masonry veneer, concrete or masonry fireplaces, heaters and chimneys. (Section
2308.2, Item 3)
d.
Live loads should not exceed 40 psf (1916 N/m2) for floors. (Section 2308.2, Item 3)
e.
Ground snow loads should not exceed 50 psf (2395 N/m2 ). (Section 2308.2, Item 3)
f.
Wind speeds should not exceed 100 mph (44 m/s) or 110 mph in Exposure B (48.4
m/s) (3-second gust). (Section 2308.2, Item 4)
g.
Roof trusses and rafters should not span more than 40 feet (12 192 mm) between
points of vertical support. (Section 2308.2, Item 5)
h.
i.
j.
Spacing. Spacing of braced wall lines should not exceed 35 feet (10 668 mm) on
center in both the longitudinal and transverse directions in each story for
301
SDC A C. For SDC D & E, spacing of braced wall lines should not exceed 25 feet
on center (7620 mm). (Sections 2308.3.1 and 2308.12.3)
b.
Braced wall panel connections. Braced wall panels should be shown on the plans
and meet the requirements of Section 2308.3.2.
(1) Braced wall panels should be extended and fastened to roof framing at intervals
not to exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm) between parallel braced wall lines. (Section
2308.3.2, Item 1)
(2) Bottom plate fastening to joist or blocking below should be with not less than
three 16d nails at 16 inches (406 mm) on center. (Section 2308.3.2, Item 2)
(3) Blocking should be nailed to the top plate below with not less than three 8d
toenails per block. (Section 2308.3.2, Item 3)
(4) Joists parallel to the top plates should be nailed to the top plate with not less
than 8d toenails at 6 inches (152 mm) on center. (Section 2308.3.2, Item 4)
c.
Sill anchorage for structures over two stories. The sill anchorage to concrete or
masonry foundations should be spaced not more than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center
for structures over two stories in height. (Section 2308.3.3)
d.
Braced wall line support. Braced wall lines should be supported by continuous
foundations where required in accordance with Section 2308.3.4.
e.
Design of elements; calculations required (otherwise conventional construction). Calculations should be submitted for the following nonconventional
construction elements and show the supporting load path:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________ (Section 2308.4.1)
f.
5.
6.
Foundation details. (See Figure 20-6.) Foundation plates should have 1/2-inch steel
bolts or approved anchors embedded minimum 7 inches (178 mm) into concrete, and
spaced maximum 6 feet (1829 mm) apart. There should be a minimum of two bolts or
anchor straps per piece with one bolt or anchor strap located not more than 12 inches
(305 mm) or less than 4 inches (102 mm) from each end of each piece. A properly sized
nut and washer shall be tightened on each bolt to the plate. (Section 2308.6)
7.
302
Figure 20-6
Foundation plate detail
8.
Girder size. Girders for single-story construction or girders supporting loads from a
single floor should not be less than 4 inches by 6 inches (102 mm by 152 mm) for
spans 6 feet (1829 mm) or less, provided that girders are spaced not more than 8 feet
(2438 mm) on center. (Section 2308.7)
9.
Built-up girder spans. Built-up girders should not exceed the span prescribed by Tables 2308.9.5 and 2308.9.6. (Section 2308.7)
10. Floor joists (conventional construction). Spans for floor joists should be limited to
those permitted by Table 2308.8(1) or 2308.8(2), or AF&PA Span Tables for Joists and
Rafters. (Section 2308.8)
a.
Bearing. The ends of each joist should not have less than 11/2 inches (38 mm) of
bearing on wood or metal, or less than 3 inches (76 mm) on masonry. (Section
2308.8.1)
b.
Joist blocking. Solid blocking at ends and supports of joists should not be less
than 2 inches (51mm) in thickness and the full depth of the joist. (Section 2308.8.2)
c.
Joists framing from opposite sides. Joists framing from opposite sides of a beam,
girder or partition should be lapped at least 3 inches (76 mm), or the opposing
joists should be tied together in an approved manner. (Section 2308.8.2)
d.
Framing around openings. Framing around openings should be provided in accordance with Section 2308.8.3. (Section 2308.8.3)
e.
Joists framing into side of wood girder. Joists framing into side of wood girder
should be supported by framing anchors or on ledger strips 2 x 2 or larger. (Section
2308.8.2)
303
Figure 20-7
Cutting, notching and boring joists
f.
Lateral support. Floor, attic and roof framing with a nominal depth-to-thickness
ratio greater than or equal to 5:1 should have one edge held in line for the entire
span. Both edges should be held in line when the depth-to-thickness ratio exceeds
6:1. (Section 2308.8.5)
Structural floor sheathing. Structural floor sheathing should comply with the
provisions of Section 2304.7.1. (Section 2308.8.6)
h.
Framing details. Cutting, notching and boring of joists should not exceed the limits of Section 2308.8.2. See Figure 20-7.
Size, height and spacing. The size, height and spacing of studs should be in
accordance with Table 2308.9.1. (Section 2308.9.1)
b.
Plates or sills. Studs should have full bearing on a plate or sill not less than 2
inches (51 mm) in thickness having a width not less than that of the wall studs.
(Section 2308.9.2.4)
c.
304
Figure 20-8
Basic Components of the lateral bracing system
305
Figure 20-9
Alternate braced wall panels
306
Figure 20-10
Alternate braced wall panel adjacent to a door or window opening
(6) Construction of braced wall panels should conform to one of the methods prescribed in 2308.9.3.
d.
e.
f.
Cripple walls. Foundation cripple walls should be framed of studs not less in size
than the studding above with a minimum length of 14 inches (356 mm), or should
be framed of solid blocking. (Section 2308.9.4)
(1) Bracing. For the purposes of this section, cripple walls having a stud height
exceeding 14 inches (356 mm) should be considered a story and should be
braced in accordance with Table 2308.9.3(1) for SDC A, B and C and Table
2308.12.4 for SDC D and E. (Section 2308.9.4.1)
(2) Nailing of bracing. Spacing of edge nailing for required wall bracing should not
exceed 6 inches (152 mm) on center along the foundation plate and the top
plate of the cripple wall. (Section 2308.9.4.2)
307
g.
h.
i.
j.
Header support. Jack studs should support the ends of the header in accordance
with Tables 2308.9.5 and 2308.9.6. At least ______ jack studs should be provided.
See Figure 20-11. (Sections 2308.9.5 and 2308.9.6)
k.
Cutting, notching and bored holes in studs. Cutting, notching and bored holes in
studs should be within the limits set forth in Sections 2308.9.10 and 2308.9.11.
(See Figure 20.12.)
Roof slopes < 3:12. Roofs with a slope less than 3 units vertical in 12 units
horizontal (25 percent slope) should be designed as beams.
b.
Wind uplift. Rafter or truss to wall connections should comply with Tables
2304.9.1 and 2308.10.1. (Section 2308.10.1)
c.
Ceiling joist spans. Allowable spans for ceiling joists should be in accordance with
Table 2308.10.2(1) or 2308.10.2(2), or AF&PA Span Table for Joists and Rafters.
(Section 2308.10.2)
d.
Rafter spans. Allowable spans for rafters should be in accordance with Table
2308.10.3(1),
2308.10.3(2),
2308.10.3(3),
2308.10.3(4),
2308.10.3(5)
or
2308.10.3(6), or AF&PA Span Table for Joists and Rafters. (Section 2308.10.3).
308
Figure 20-11
Headers over wall openings
Figure 20-12
Cutting, notching and bored holes in studs
e.
Ceiling joists and rafter framing ridge, hip and valley boards. There should be
a ridge board at least 1-inch (25.4 mm) nominal thickness at ridges and not less in
depth than the cut end of the rafter. At valleys and hips there should be a single
309
valley or hip rafter not less than 2-inch (51 mm) nominal thickness and not less in
depth than the cut end of the rafter. (Section 2308.10.4)
f.
Ceiling joists not parallel to rafters. Where ceiling joists are not parallel to rafters,
rafter ties should be provided in accordance with Section 2308.10.4.1.
g.
Framing around openings. Framing around openings should be detailed in accordance with Section 2308.10.4.3.
h. Purlins and struts. The maximum span of 2 x 4 purlins should be 4 feet (1219 mm)
and for 2 x 6 purlins, 6 feet (1829 mm). Struts should not be smaller than 2-inch
by 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) members. The unbraced length of struts should not
exceed 8 feet (2438 mm), and the minimum slope of the struts should not be less
than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the horizontal. (Section 2308.10.5)
i.
Engineered wood products. Prefabricated wood I-joists, structural gluedlaminated timber and structural composite lumber should not be notched or drilled
except where permitted by the manufacturers recommendations or where the effects of such alterations are specifically considered in the design of the member by
a registered design professional. (Section 2308.10.7)
j.
Roof sheathing. Roof sheathing should be in accordance with Tables 2304.7(3) and
2304.7(5) for wood structural panels and Tables 2304.7(1) and 2304.7(2) for lumber,
and should comply with Section 2304.6.2. (Section 2308.10.8)
k. Wood trusses. Wood trusses should be designed in accordance with Section 2303.4.
(Section 2308.10.10)
l.
b.
Framing and connection details. Framing and connection details should conform
to Sections 2308.11.3.1 through 2308.11.3.3.
(1) Stepped footings. Where the height of a required braced wall panel extending
from foundation to the floor above varies more than 4 feet (1219 mm), the
construction specified in Section 2308.11.3.2 should be used. (See Figure 2013.)
(2) Openings in horizontal diaphragms. Openings in horizontal diaphragms with
a dimension perpendicular to the joist greater than 4 feet (1.2 m) should be
constructed in accordance with Section 2308.11.3.3. (See Figure 20-14.)
310
Figure 20-13
Stepped footing connection details
Figure 20-14
Openings in horizontal diaphragms
311
b.
Braced wall line sheathing. Braced wall construction should comply with the
requirements of Section 2308.12.4 and Table 2308.12.4.
c.
d.
e.
312